{"title":"Nail tech \u0026 pro","description":"\u003cp\u003eFor nail techs and pros working with clients: e-file bits, prep and removal supplies, storage and display, and tools for speed and order at the station. Every product page lists what is in the box and which options come with it.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"precision-hand-stabilizer-for-nail-art","title":"Nail Art Hand Stabilizer — 360° Rotating Rest, Non-Slip Base","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003enail art hand rest\u003c\/strong\u003e gives your painting hand the one thing it never has on its own: a fixed point to lean on. This hand stabilizer has a reinforced metal bar you can hold or rest your hand on, a joint that rotates through 360 degrees, and a rubberized base that grips the table so it stays where you put it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for model building, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hand stabilizer was designed as a precision hand-support tool for scale modelling and other fine hobby work, where a steady hand matters just as much as it does in nail art. The same fixed anchor point helps with brush control at the nail desk. It is a precision craft tool, not a nail-brand product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine lines, tiny dots and small florals all ask for the same thing, a calm hand. When your wrist floats in the air, every heartbeat shows up in the brush stroke. Anchoring the hand against a stable bar takes much of that movement out of the picture, whether you are practicing line work for the first time or finishing a detailed set for a client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotates 360 degrees, so you can set the bar at the angle that suits the nail and the hand you are working on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reinforced metal bar gives your hand a firm anchor point to hold or rest on while you paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight alloy build that is easy to move between desks or put away after your session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubberized base that grips the work surface so the unit does not wander while you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce hand shake when painting thin lines, outlines and small details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrushes, gel, lamp and practice nails are not included, so the stabilizer fits the setup you already use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 nail art hand stabilizer\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the stabilizer on a flat, clean table where you normally do your nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the bar to the angle that lets your painting hand rest in a natural position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the metal bar, or rest the side of your hand on it, to create an anchor point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint your lines or details with the brush hand moving while the anchored hand stays still.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the bar out of the way when you change hands or finish the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a firm hold, use the base on a clean, dry, flat surface and wipe away dust and product residue before you start. Wipe the metal bar with a soft cloth after use to keep it free of gel and polish. Because it is a rest and not a clamp, keep your free hand on your work for extra control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packaging, label or instructions may mention scale modelling or hobby modelling, and may carry a small printed model number. The product is the same and works exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a nail art hand rest used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives your hand a fixed point to rest on so the brush hand can move with less shaking. It is most useful for thin lines, outlines, dots and detailed freehand designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it really rotate all the way around?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the unit rotates 360 degrees, which lets you place the bar at whatever angle is comfortable for the hand you are painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it slip on my table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a rubberized base that grips the work surface. Use it on a clean, flat, dry surface for a firm hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan beginners use a hand stabilizer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A steady anchor is especially helpful when you are still building hand control, and it keeps its value as your designs get finer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it good for gel and regular polish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a support for your hand, so it works with any nail art technique where you paint with a brush, including gel, polish and acrylic paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot originally. It was made for scale modelling and other precision hobby work, and nail artists use it for the same reason: a steadier brush hand. It is a general precision hand rest rather than a nail-specific product, which is why the packaging may mention modelling.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41103769403447,"sku":"Nail_Prec_100160","price":54.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/6846ec1147ba2e430fc98ae4341e72e7.webp?v=1719565822"},{"product_id":"electric-nail-polish-shaker","title":"Electric Nail Polish Shaker — 6-Hole Bottle Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eelectric nail polish shaker\u003c\/strong\u003e does the part of the job nobody enjoys: getting settled pigment, glitter and shimmer back into suspension before you paint. Place a bottle in the holder, secure it with the rubber band, switch on, and an internal eccentric mechanism creates the vibration for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGel polishes with heavy pigment, glitters and chrome-effect finishes separate in the bottle over time. Shaking by hand works, but it is tiring when you have a collection of bottles and it can leave bubbles near the brush. A dedicated shaker keeps your hand free and gets bottles ready faster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-hole holder that takes different bottle sizes, so you can use it across your collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA rubber band secures the bottle in place during shaking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal eccentric mechanism creates the vibration, so no manual shaking is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose your color (Black or Silver) and the plug type that matches your outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA neat desktop helper for anyone with a growing shelf of gels, glitters and shimmers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes the shaker with its holder and a rubber band. Options on the page are Black or Silver, and plug types US, EU, UK and AU. Choose the plug type that matches your wall outlet. Polish bottles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug the shaker in on a flat, stable surface, away from the edge of the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a hole that fits the bottle you want to mix and place the bottle in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrap the rubber band around the bottle so it is held firmly in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch the shaker on and let it run until the polish looks evenly mixed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off, remove the bottle and let it rest a moment before opening to let bubbles settle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an electrical item: check the voltage marked on the unit before you use it, and keep it away from liquids. Only shake bottles that are closed tightly; do not shake open bottles. Wipe the holder with a dry cloth if polish gets onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does gel polish need to be shaken?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePigments, glitter and shimmer particles settle in the bottle. Mixing them back in gives you a more even color and effect when you apply it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to shake regular polish too?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany people mix any polish that has settled pigment or glitter. Check your product's directions, as some formulas have their own advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich bottle sizes fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder has six holes to suit different bottle sizes, and the rubber band keeps the bottle in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich plug types are offered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe page lists US, EU, UK and AU plug types in Black and Silver. Pick the plug that fits your outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it shake the bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn internal eccentric mechanism creates vibration, which moves the bottle without you having to shake it by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"US \/ Black","offer_id":41103774941239,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100080","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"US \/ Silver","offer_id":41103775629367,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100081","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EU \/ Black","offer_id":41103774974007,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100082","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EU \/ Silver","offer_id":41103775662135,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100083","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"UK \/ Black","offer_id":41103775006775,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100084","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"UK \/ Silver","offer_id":41103775694903,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100085","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"AU \/ Black","offer_id":41103775039543,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100086","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"AU \/ Silver","offer_id":41103775727671,"sku":"Nail_Elec_100087","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/182f7a0b4761bcc992d8cfdd5925ad22.webp?v=1719567080"},{"product_id":"tungsten-carbide-nail-drill-bits","title":"Tungsten Carbide Nail Drill Bit Sets: 3, 5 or 10 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThese \u003cstrong\u003etungsten carbide nail drill bits\u003c\/strong\u003e are made for electric nail drills and come in three sets: 3 bits, 5 bits or 10 bits, with grits from extra coarse to extra fine. The table below shows exactly which bits are in each pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent jobs call for different grits. Coarser bits remove more material and are suited to shaping and bulk removal, while finer bits finish and smooth. Having a range lets you move from shaping to refining to polishing without changing your whole routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of bits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExactly which bits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 coarse, 1 medium, 1 fine (plain finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 each of extra coarse, coarse, medium, fine and extra fine (plain finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe same 5 grits in plain finish (1 each) plus the same 5 grits in gold finish (1 each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill itself is not included. Use these bits only with a compatible drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich pack should I choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e try the most used grits (coarse, medium and fine), from shaping to smoothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e the complete grit range, from extra coarse to extra fine, for natural nails, gel and shaping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e the full range in two finishes, plain and gold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTungsten carbide bits for electric nail drills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrits from extra coarse to extra fine, so one pack covers shaping through finishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold finish available in the 10-pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor shaping, filing, polishing dead skin and removing calluses, as described on the page.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSets of 3, 5 or 10 bits, so you can start small or get the full range in two finishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch the drill off and loosen the drill clip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the bit and lock it securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart with the lowest speed and a light touch, moving the bit continuously over the area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork on dead skin and protrusions; for hard calluses, work on both sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off, remove the bit and clean it before storing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop use if redness or irritation occurs. Keep the bits sealed and away from direct sunlight, out of reach of children. Clean the bit after each use and store it in a bit box so the teeth stay protected. If you are new to electric drills, practice on a practice hand or a tip before working on a real nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does each pack include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3-pack has 3 bits: 1 coarse, 1 medium and 1 fine. The 5-pack has 5 bits: 1 each of extra coarse, coarse, medium, fine and extra fine. The 10-pack has 10 bits: those same 5 grits in plain finish plus the same 5 grits in gold finish, 1 of each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3-pack to try the most used grits, the 5-pack for the complete range from extra coarse to extra fine, or the 10-pack for the full range in two finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between plain and gold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth finishes come in the same five grits, from extra coarse to extra fine. The 10-pack includes one bit of each grit in plain finish and one of each grit in gold finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat grit should I start with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFiner grits are gentler and easier to control, so many beginners start there and move coarser only when they need to remove more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are tungsten carbide bits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are drill bits made of tungsten carbide, used with an electric nail drill for shaping, filing and smoothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit my drill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse them only with a compatible drill. Check the chuck or clip size of your machine against the bit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"5-pack (5 bits)","offer_id":41103862661175,"sku":"Nail_Tung_100192","price":28.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10-pack (10 bits)","offer_id":41103862988855,"sku":"Nail_Tung_1001910","price":39.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3-pack (3 bits)","offer_id":41103862628407,"sku":"Nail_Tung_100191","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/df880f478dd6419686fec83e6d5dc797.webp?v=1720012792"},{"product_id":"80w-nail-dust-collector","title":"80W Nail Dust Collector — Dual-Fan Desktop Unit with Hand Pad","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003enail dust collector\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps filing and shaping cleaner by drawing dust away from your hands as it is created. This desktop unit runs at 80 W with two fans, has a stainless steel and ABS body in purple, and a soft hand pad so you can rest your hands while you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who files acrylic, gel or natural nails, or runs an electric drill, knows how far the dust travels: over the table, the cuticles and the next manicure. Putting a collector at the edge of your work area means less cleaning up afterwards and a tidier space for every session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 W unit with two fans for pulling dust down and away from your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft hand pad so your hands rest comfortably while you file or buff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel and ABS body in purple that sits neatly on a desk or table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesktop format: place it where you work and leave it there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug options for the US and Europe, so you can use it with your local outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 nail dust collector in purple. Choose the plug type (US or Europe) that matches your outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the collector on a flat, stable surface at the edge of your work area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug it in using an outlet that matches the plug type you chose and switch it on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRest your hands on the soft pad, over the vented area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile, shape or polish as usual while the fans draw dust down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off and unplug when you finish, then empty and wipe the unit as your instructions describe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who files, shapes or buffs nails at a desk will notice the difference: home manicurists, nail students and people who do nails for friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the unit at the front edge of the table so your hands rest naturally over it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the vents clear of products and tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair it with a good light so you can see the nail while the fans handle the dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an electrical item with a US plug option: check the voltage on the unit against your outlet before use. Keep the unit away from liquids and do not block the vents. Wipe the surface and pad with a dry or slightly damp cloth, and keep your work area ventilated when filing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a nail dust collector do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses fans to pull the dust created by filing, buffing or drilling away from your hands and breathing area and down into the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need one if I only do my own nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot strictly, but anyone who files or uses an electric drill regularly will notice less dust on the table, hands and clothes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the power of this unit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is an 80 W unit with two fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich plug types are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe page lists US and Europe plug types. Pick the one that matches your outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the hand pad comfortable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit has a soft hand pad so you can rest your hands while working.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"US","offer_id":41112000593975,"sku":"Nail_80WN_100030","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Europe","offer_id":41112000626743,"sku":"Nail_80WN_100031","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/46ed9e9a404266b29f2ec35d00e50c42.webp?v=1719916929"},{"product_id":"rechargeable-nail-art-airbrush","title":"Rechargeable Nail Art Airbrush — 3 Pressure Levels, 0.3 mm Nozzle","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft ombre fades, smoky gradients and fine mist details are the reason people reach for a \u003cstrong\u003enail airbrush\u003c\/strong\u003e. This rechargeable airbrush is built for nail art, with three pressure levels, a 0.3 mm nozzle, an aluminum alloy body and a dual-action trigger that gives you control over the spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it is compact and rechargeable through a 1800 mAh battery, it fits on a small desk and does not need a separate setup to start spraying. Two cup sizes, 5 ml and 20 ml, let you spray a single nail or a larger piece of work without refilling constantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 pressure levels: 20 psi (green light), 25 psi (blue light) and 30 psi (red light), so you can match the spray to the effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.3 mm nozzle for fine mist, soft gradients and small detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-action trigger: press for air and pull back for product, for better control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum alloy body that feels solid in the hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1800 mAh rechargeable battery for cordless use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCup capacity of 5 ml and 20 ml for small and larger jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaints, inks and masking supplies are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 nail art airbrush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning brushes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra stainless steel nozzles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the airbrush until the battery is full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a small amount of thinned color to the cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a pressure level with the indicator light: green for 20 psi, blue for 25 psi or red for 30 psi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray a test on paper, then hold the airbrush a short distance from the nail and build color in thin passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the nozzle and cup straight away after use, with the supplied cleaning brushes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know and care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the nozzle after each use so color does not dry in it, and use the spare nozzles if one is damaged. Start at the lowest pressure and work upward as you learn how the product behaves. Spray in a ventilated space and protect your work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is airbrushing used for in nail art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt creates smooth gradients, ombre fades, soft shadows and stencil designs that are hard to achieve with a brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure levels does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree: 20 psi (green light), 25 psi (blue) and 30 psi (red).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the nozzle size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle is 0.3 mm, suited to fine detail and soft spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need a separate compressor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis airbrush has its own 1800 mAh rechargeable battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the cup, spray cleaner through the nozzle and use the supplied cleaning brushes after each use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41118259937335,"sku":"Nail_3Lev_100000","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/d90d7d4e58968544f61a6dd0c9522962.webp?v=1720013143"},{"product_id":"steam-gel-polish-remover-machine","title":"36W Steam Gel Polish Remover — Heated Steam Machine for Gel Removal","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esteam gel polish remover\u003c\/strong\u003e takes a different route to the same goal: instead of soaking fingers in foil and scraping, it uses warm steam from a small machine to loosen gel so it can be cleared away more gently. This 36 W model has indicator lights, automatic shut-off and an ABS body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGel removal is where most damage happens, because it is easy to scrape too hard when the gel will not lift. A steam machine gives you a consistent, hands-free soak so you spend less time picking at nails and more time letting the gel loosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36 W heating element that produces steam to loosen gel polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndicator lights for heating (H), steam (S) and warm-up (W), so you know what the machine is doing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic shut-off for added peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eABS body that is light and easy to wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug options for US, EU, UK and AU outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tidy alternative to foil wraps and clips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 steam gel polish remover, in the plug type you choose: US, EU, UK or AU. Gel removal solution and nail sticks are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the machine with 5-10 ml of gel removal solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently file the top coat of the gel to break the seal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch on and wait for the ready light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert your fingers into the machine and leave them until the gel starts to lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently clear the residue with a nail stick, then moisturize your nails and cuticles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine suits people who change gel regularly at home, and anyone who finds foil wraps fiddly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare your nails by filing the top coat before steaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBe patient: let the gel lift before clearing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow with cuticle oil and hand cream.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGel removal liquids are flammable, so keep the machine away from heat sources and use it in a ventilated area. This is an electrical item with a US plug option: check the voltage against your outlet. Do not force residue off; if the gel has not lifted, steam it a little longer and try again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does a steam gel polish remover work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe machine heats removal solution into steam, which softens the gel so you can wipe or push it away with little scraping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I still need to file my nails first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Gently filing the top coat breaks the seal so the steam can reach the gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much remover liquid does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe instructions call for 5-10 ml of gel removal solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the lights mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit has indicator lights for heating (H), steam (S) and warm-up (W).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for acrylic nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe page describes it for removing gel polish. Check your product directions for other materials.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"US","offer_id":41118271602743,"sku":"Nail_36WS_100013","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"EU","offer_id":41118271537207,"sku":"Nail_36WS_100011","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"UK","offer_id":41118271569975,"sku":"Nail_36WS_100012","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"AU","offer_id":41118271504439,"sku":"Nail_36WS_100010","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/1f3186b50aafef1a0d9aeec9cf9c0c31.webp?v=1720013800"},{"product_id":"nail-drill-bit-box","title":"Nail Drill Bit Storage Box — 25 Holes, Aluminum with Clear Acrylic Top","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003enail drill bit holder\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps loose bits from rattling in a drawer. This clamshell box has 25 holes in an aluminum body with a transparent acrylic top, so you can see your whole bit collection at a glance and keep dust off the working ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce you own a handful of grits and shapes, finding the right one quickly becomes part of the routine. Stored upright and visible, bits are easy to identify and are less likely to get knocked, chipped or lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 holes for up to 25 drill bits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent acrylic top so you can see every bit without opening the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum and acrylic construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact: about 7.8 x 9.1 x 6.1 cm and about 158 g.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour colors to choose from: Aurora, Silver, Black or Pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill bits are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 storage box\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe bits clean and make sure they are dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the bit shanks into the holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGroup bits by grit or shape so you can find them quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the lid to keep dust off the working ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the box on your desk or in a drawer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box suits anyone who owns more than a few bits: hobbyists building a collection, students who carry tools to class and anyone who wants to keep their desk tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange bits from coarse to fine so you can find the grit you want quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a spare space for new bits as your collection grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the lid closed when not in use to protect the bits from dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColors may differ slightly on screen and sizes may vary slightly. Always dry your bits before storing them so they stay in good condition. The box is a holder only: the bits and the drill are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeeping bits in one place also makes it easier to notice when one needs replacing. A quick look through the clear lid shows you which grits you use most and which holes are empty, so you can restock before you run out in the middle of a set. Because the box is compact, it fits in a drawer, a kit bag or beside your drill on the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small tip: group bits by purpose, for example shaping bits in one row and finishing bits in another, so your hand goes to the right place without looking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bits does the box hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has 25 holes, so it holds up to 25 bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre drill bits included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The box is sold empty, so bits are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAurora, Silver, Black and Pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 7.8 x 9.1 x 6.1 cm and about 158 g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAluminum with a transparent acrylic top.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41119294980151,"sku":"Nail_Naildrill_100130","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":41119294947383,"sku":"Nail_Naildrill_100130","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":41119295012919,"sku":"Nail_Naildrill_100130","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aurora","offer_id":41119294914615,"sku":"Nail_Naildrill_100130","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/77daede357e9be7171e171afcf7f2e9d.webp?v=1720028361"},{"product_id":"nail-extension-clips","title":"Nail Extension Clips — ABS Form Clips for Gel Extensions, 1 to 10 Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNail extension clips\u003c\/strong\u003e hold forms or gel in place while you build and cure gel extensions. These ABS clips are about 3.6 x 3.6 x 3 cm, are described for salon or home use, and come in packs of 1, 3, 5 or 10 in a choice of colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen you build a set of extensions, the form needs to stay where you put it while the gel sets. A clip leaves one hand free to brush on gel or position the next nail, which helps keep the shape consistent from nail to nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eABS clips about 3.6 x 3.6 x 3 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor salon or home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose 1, 3, 5 or 10 clips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColors: Transparent, Red, Pink, Green, Blue, Purple or Mixed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds forms or gel in place while you build nail extensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1, 3, 5 or 10 clips in the selected color. Mixed is available as a 5 pack. Forms, gel and lamp are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the natural nail and fit the form or tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the gel as your product instructs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the clip so it holds the form or gel in position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the gel in your lamp following your product directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the clip and finish and shape the extension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clips suit hobbyists building gel extensions at home, nail students learning shaping and anyone who wants a stock of clips for regular sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrder the pack size that matches how many nails you work on at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the clips after each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a color that stands out against your gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the pack size that matches how many nails you want to hold at once; ten clips cover a full set of ten nails. Clean the clips after use so gel does not build up on them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNail clips are a small accessory that makes a visible difference in how consistent a set looks. Holding the form steady while the gel is positioned and cured helps keep the extension at the same angle and length across each nail. For beginners, this removes one thing to worry about while you learn how much gel to use and where to place it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you work on several nails at a time, a pack of 5 or 10 lets you set up one hand before curing instead of working nail by nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are nail extension clips used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey hold forms or gel in position while you build nail extensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many can I buy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePacks of 1, 3, 5 or 10 are listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransparent, Red, Pink, Green, Blue, Purple and Mixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are they made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eABS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they for salon use or home use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe page lists them for salon or home use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"5 \/ Transparent","offer_id":41121939849271,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100142","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Mixed","offer_id":41121940439095,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001424","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Red","offer_id":41121939947575,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100146","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Pink","offer_id":41121940045879,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001410","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Green","offer_id":41121940144183,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001414","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Blue","offer_id":41121940242487,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001418","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 \/ Purple","offer_id":41121940340791,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001422","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Transparent","offer_id":41121939882039,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100143","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Red","offer_id":41121939980343,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100147","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Pink","offer_id":41121940078647,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001411","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Green","offer_id":41121940176951,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001415","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Blue","offer_id":41121940275255,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001419","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 \/ Purple","offer_id":41121940373559,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001423","price":9.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Transparent","offer_id":41121939816503,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100141","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Red","offer_id":41121939914807,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100145","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Pink","offer_id":41121940013111,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100149","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Green","offer_id":41121940111415,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001413","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Blue","offer_id":41121940209719,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001417","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 \/ Purple","offer_id":41121940308023,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001421","price":5.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Transparent","offer_id":41121936638007,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100140","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Red","offer_id":41121936769079,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100144","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Pink","offer_id":41121936900151,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_100148","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Green","offer_id":41121937031223,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001412","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Blue","offer_id":41121937162295,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001416","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 \/ Purple","offer_id":41121937293367,"sku":"Nail_NailEXT_1001420","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/f800b33f74d1e4446a2a7de4a49fdfab.webp?v=1720075036"},{"product_id":"nail-display-board-mixing-palette","title":"Resin Stone Nail Display \u0026 Mixing Palette — 6 Colours or Set of 6","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003enail display board\u003c\/strong\u003e doubles as a gel mixing palette. This semi-transparent resin board measures about 9.2 x 10.3 cm, weighs about 60 g and comes in six colors, so you can mix gels on it, display nail tips on it or practice designs on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the resin is semi-transparent, you can place it on white or dark paper to see colors more clearly, and arrange tips on it to show a finished set to friends, clients or on camera.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResin, about 9.2 x 10.3 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbout 60 g each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 colors: White, Purple, Blue, Pink, Green and Gray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for mixing, display or practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd, remove or reorder tips to show designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNail tips and gels are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle option: 1 board in the color you choose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 colors (One of each): a set of 6 boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it fits in your routine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHobbyists use a palette like this to mix custom colors, test a gel on a surface before using it and photograph finished tips on a clean background.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick a color that contrasts with your designs: white or gray for bright tips, a darker color for pastels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the board on a flat surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut a small amount of gel on it and mix with a brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOr arrange nail tips on the board to display designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd, remove or reorder tips as you change the layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the board clean after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe board suits home hobbyists, nail artists photographing their work and anyone who wants a neat place to mix gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a contrasting color for photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe it clean before the gel cures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the set of 6 if you want a color for every season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe gel residue off with a lint-free wipe and a suitable cleanser before it cures. Keep the board away from heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA palette also helps you keep your colors consistent. When you mix a custom shade, you can leave a small swatch on the board as a reference for the next time, and photograph it next to your finished tips. The semi-transparent resin lets you see the color in a different way than on an opaque palette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you buy the set of six, you can assign each color a role, such as mixing, display, swatches and photography.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a nail display board?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA board you can mix gels on and use to display nail tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 9.2 x 10.3 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite, Purple, Blue, Pink, Green and Gray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy all six?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, there is a set of 6 with one of each color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 60 g each.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"6 colors (One of each)","offer_id":41125076631607,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100116","price":49.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":41125070700599,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100110","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":41125070864439,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100115","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":41125070798903,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100113","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41125070766135,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100112","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":41125070733367,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100111","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":41125070831671,"sku":"Nail_Mani_100114","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/c1c0aa41ae9cd4d2a9f92e4b9ffd91fd.webp?v=1720165560"},{"product_id":"neon-nail-pigment-powder-set","title":"Fluorescent Nail Powder Set — 6 Neon Pigment Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeon nail pigment powder\u003c\/strong\u003e gives gel and acrylic designs a bright, fluorescent look. This set holds six loose, fine powders in separate 1 g jars, each about 3 cm in diameter, ready to be mixed into gel or dusted onto a design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoose pigments are flexible: you can brush them on for a gradient, mix them into clear gel to create a custom color, or dust them over a tacky layer for a speckled effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 colors in one set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 g per jar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJars about 3 cm in diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine loose powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor gel and acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 set of 6 jars of neon pigment powder. Gel, brushes and top coat are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it fits in your routine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeon powders are popular for summer sets, gradient tips and bright accents. Because the powder is loose and fine, a little goes a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuild color gradually and seal with top coat as your product directs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the nails and apply your gel or base as usual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a small amount of powder on a brush or applicator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap it onto the tacky layer or mix it into clear gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush away excess powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure and seal with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set suits hobbyists who like bright, bold nails and anyone who wants to mix their own custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd pigment a little at a time to control intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the color on a tip first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with top coat for a smooth finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid inhaling the loose powder: open jars gently and work in a ventilated area. Keep jars closed and out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePigment powders are a flexible way to create colors you cannot find in a bottle. Mix a small amount into clear gel to create a sheer neon tint, or increase the amount for a bolder color. You can also layer powders: a bright base with a different shade at the tip creates a simple gradient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith six jars in the set you can blend colors to create new shades, and keep one jar for accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is neon pigment powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fine loose powder in fluorescent colors for gel and acrylic nail designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many colors are in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e6 colors, 1 g per jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with acrylic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe page lists it for gel and acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I apply it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrush or dust it onto a tacky layer, or mix it into clear gel, then cure and seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep jars closed and away from children.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41125111267383,"sku":"Nail_Glit_100090","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/4db63b1001714ab52739e47c5d3efeef.webp?v=1720166174"},{"product_id":"led-headband-magnifier-5-lenses","title":"LED Headband Magnifier — 5 Interchangeable Lenses","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eLED headband magnifier\u003c\/strong\u003e puts light and magnification where you are looking, and leaves both hands free. This head-worn unit comes with five interchangeable lenses, a light with an adjustable angle, an elastic headband and a nose bridge that adjusts to fit, including with prescription glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for hobby close work, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis head-worn LED magnifier belongs to the family of hobby magnifiers used for model building, painting, crafts and reading small detail. Nail artists like it for the same reasons: light and magnification with both hands free. It is a general-purpose precision tool, not a nail-brand product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFine nail art, cuticle work, rhinestone placement and small repairs all go better when you can see the detail clearly. Instead of leaning over your work, you can sit up and let the lens do the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive interchangeable lenses so you can match the lens to the task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardened lens surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable light angle to direct light where you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElastic headband that adjusts to your head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable nose bridge that works with prescription glasses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHands-free: use it for nail art, jewelry, crafts and other close work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 headband magnifier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 interchangeable lenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it fits in your routine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetail work is where eyes tire first. A magnifier makes small design elements such as dots, tiny florals and rhinestones easier to place accurately, and helps you check edges and cuticle lines before you finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a lower-power lens for general work and switch to a stronger one for the finest steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the lens you want into the holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn on the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut on the headband and adjust the band for a comfortable fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilt the light and the nose bridge until the view is clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap lenses as the task changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnifier suits nail artists who want a closer view of fine details, hobbyists who craft in the evening and anyone who needs help seeing small things.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart with the lens that gives a comfortable working distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the light so it does not cast shadows from your hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the lenses with a soft cloth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep lenses clean with a soft cloth and store the unit in a dry place. Take regular breaks from close work. Do not point the light directly at anyone's eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packaging, label or instruction leaflet may refer to hobby, craft or model-building use rather than nails. The product is the same and works exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith five lenses to choose from, you can set up the magnifier for the task rather than forcing every task to fit one lens. Use a gentler magnification for general nail prep and a stronger one when placing tiny stones or checking the edge of a line. The elastic band keeps the unit in place while you work, and the adjustable nose bridge means it can sit comfortably over prescription glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it is worn on the head, you keep both hands free for brushes, tweezers and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many lenses are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive interchangeable lenses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I wear it with glasses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nose bridge is adjustable and the page states it works with prescription glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it has a light with an adjustable angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClose detail work such as nail art, crafts and other fine tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it stay on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith an elastic headband.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot specifically. It is a general hobby and craft magnifier with a light, and it suits nail art for the same reason it suits model building: you see small details clearly with both hands free. The packaging may mention other hobbies.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41130516840503,"sku":"NA-ADJUSTABLE-00419-01","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/9aeecf511aada5bf2bbdb0d7014d9fdb.jpg?v=1720450857"},{"product_id":"triangular-handle-detail-brush-set","title":"Detail Brush Set — Triangular Handle, 11 Pieces in 4 Handle Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003edetail brush set\u003c\/strong\u003e with a triangular handle sits more securely in your fingers than a round pencil-style brush. This 11-piece precision set has triangular handles in four colors (Black, Blue, Red or Natural) and is built for fine, controlled work such as nail art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for fine detail painting, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis set was designed as a precision brush set for fine-line detail painting, and the thin brushes suit nail art linework as well. It is a craft and art brush set, not a nail-brand product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe triangular shape resists rolling on the table and gives your thumb and fingers a clear place to rest, which many people find more comfortable for longer sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11 brushes in one set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriangular handle for a firm grip that does not roll away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour handle colors: Black, Blue, Red and Natural.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for precision work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives you a range of tools for lines, details and placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 set of 11 brushes in the handle color you choose. Gels, paints and cleanser are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere it fits in your routine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn 11-piece set gives you room to dedicate brushes to different colors or tasks, for example one for white, one for black and others for detail work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the handles are the same color within a set, it is worth marking the brushes you use for different products to keep them separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the brush that matches the detail you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad a small amount of product and test on a palette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the brush by the triangular handle with a light grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork in thin layers and clean between colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLet brushes dry before you store them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it suits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis set suits hobbyists who want a bigger toolbox for nail art and anyone who prefers a handle that does not roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for everyday use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTry a few brushes from the set to find your favorites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReserve one brush for each major color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean each brush right after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWash brushes after each session using a cleanser suited to your product and store them flat. Do not soak the handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe packaging, label or instructions may mention fine-art, watercolour or detail painting rather than nails. The product is the same and works exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMore ways to get value from it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEleven brushes give you room to experiment. Some hobbyists keep the whole set in a cup on their desk and pick up whichever feels right for the stroke they are about to make. Others sort the set into groups: one group for lines, one for dots, one for placing decorations. Because the handle is triangular, brushes stay where you put them and do not roll off the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe four handle colors let you choose a set that matches your desk or your other tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many brushes are in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e11 pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack, Blue, Red and Natural handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy a triangular handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives a firm grip and helps the brush stay put on a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they good for nail art?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they are described as precision brushes suited to fine detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean them after use with a cleanser suited to your product and let them dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot specifically. It is a fine-detail art and precision painting brush set, and nail artists use the thin brushes for linework and small details. The packaging may mention painting rather than nails.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41144735825975,"sku":"NC-WEASELHAIR-00829-01","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41144735858743,"sku":"NC-WEASELHAIR-00830-02","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41144735891511,"sku":"NC-WEASELHAIR-00831-03","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Natural","offer_id":41144735924279,"sku":"NC-WEASELHAIR-00832-04","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/042499017ae7773c2bd5c120b2bbe7cd.jpg?v=1720684871"},{"product_id":"cordless-airbrush-set-with-portable-compressor-usb-or-battery","title":"Cordless Airbrush Set with Portable Compressor, USB or Battery Powered","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft gradients, fine mists and stencil designs are the signature of airbrush nail art, and this cordless set takes the bulky compressor off the desk. A portable handheld compressor drives the airbrush, powered by USB or its built-in 1000 mAh battery, so you can work at the table, on the sofa or anywhere there is a flat surface and a little light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set is built for hobby and small-project use: nail art, cake decorating and model painting. If you have been curious about ombré nails, speckled effects or smooth color fades, an airbrush lets you build them in thin layers instead of brushing on thick color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a cordless airbrush set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable handheld compressor, so there is no large unit and no long hose to arrange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowered by USB or the 1000 mAh battery, depending on where you are working.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne tool for several hobbies: nail art, cake decorating and model painting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA portable set you can bring out only when you need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA good way to learn gradients, fades and stencil work before investing in a full studio compressor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 cordless airbrush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 portable handheld compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaner, paints and accessories are not included. Stencils, a USB power source and any practice surfaces are not included either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to get started\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the compressor or connect it to a USB power source.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the airbrush with thinned paint made for airbrushing, following the instructions of the paint you use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the spray on paper to check the flow and spray width before you work on a nail or model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the airbrush a few inches from the surface and build color in light passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush the airbrush with cleaner or water-based cleaning fluid straight after use so paint does not dry inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse paints made for airbrushes and keep the airbrush clean between colors. Work in a ventilated area, keep hair and loose clothing away from the moving parts, and keep the tool out of reach of children.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne cordless airbrush and one portable handheld compressor. Cleaner, paints and accessories are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, nail art is one of the listed uses. Use paints made for airbrushing and test the spray pattern on paper first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the compressor powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handheld compressor runs from USB or from its 1000 mAh battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Paint and cleaning fluid are not part of the set. Choose airbrush paints suited to what you are decorating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for cakes and models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCake decorating and model painting are both listed uses. Use food-grade colors for cakes and keep the airbrush used for food clean.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67613439918135,"sku":"NC-C63","price":69.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/S0186163fe42a4c7088221c5e71afd04bp.webp?v=1791823661"},{"product_id":"soft-gel-nail-tips-240-pieces-full-cover","title":"Soft Gel Nail Tips, 240 Pieces, Full Cover","description":"\u003cp\u003eBuild a full set of gel extensions without waiting for your natural nails to grow. Each box holds 240 soft gel full-cover nail tips in 12 sizes, in the one shape and length you choose, so you can fit every finger on a set and still keep spares for the next one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull-cover tips are shaped to sit over the whole nail plate, which means there is no tip line to blend: you size the tip, bond it with your gel, cure it and shape it. They suit beginners learning extensions at home and anyone who wants a stock of tips on the desk for regular fills and fresh sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose a shape and length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery box contains one shape and one length across its 12 sizes. The size chart in each product photo shows the real dimensions of the tips in that box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlmond, Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 26.0 to 18.5 mm, width 13.4 to 7.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlmond, Long:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 29.2 to 22.4 mm, width 12.1 to 5.7 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffin, Short:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 22.0 to 18.5 mm, width 13.8 to 6.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffin, Medium:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 25.6 to 20.5 mm, width 12.6 to 6.2 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffin, Extra Long:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 44.3 to 31.0 mm, width 13.3 to 6.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare, Short:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 19.5 to 15.1 mm, width 13.9 to 6.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval, Short:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 19.6 to 14.2 mm, width 13.2 to 7.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOval, Extra Long:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 44.4 to 31.1 mm, width 13.8 to 6.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStiletto, Long:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 33.7 to 26.9 mm, width 13.0 to 6.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStiletto, Extra Long:\u003c\/strong\u003e length 45.2 to 30.0 mm, width 14.1 to 6.8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy choose full-cover soft gel tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e240 pieces in 12 sizes per box: enough for roughly 20 full sets of ten tips, with spares for sizing and mistakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-cover design that follows the nail from cuticle to free edge, so there is no well to blend away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne shape per box, so a whole set matches without sorting through mixed shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft gel material that can be shortened and shaped with a file once applied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 box of 240 clear soft gel full-cover tips in 12 sizes, in the shape and length you choose. Gel, tip adhesive, base and top coat, a lamp, files and prep tools are not included, so you can keep using the products you already trust. Want two shapes? Order two boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to apply gel tips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the natural nails: push back the cuticles, lightly buff the shine away and wipe with a nail cleanser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick the tip that fits side wall to side wall without lifting; choose a slightly smaller size if you are between two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin layer of gel or tip adhesive to the tip, place it near the cuticle line and press it down while pushing out any air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the tip in place and cure it in your lamp following the instructions of your gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile to the length and shape you want, then finish with your colour and top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the instructions of the gel or adhesive you apply the tips with, including curing times and removal. Work on clean, dry nails and stop if you notice any irritation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a lamp to use these tips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you attach them with gel, yes: the gel needs to be cured in a UV or LED nail lamp that suits your product. A lamp is not included with the tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre several shapes in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Each box holds one shape and length in 12 sizes. Choose the option you want, or order a second box for another shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I file and shorten the tips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Once applied they can be filed to the length and shape you prefer. Use a fine file and avoid heating the nail with too much pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these tips suitable for beginners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFull-cover tips are a common starting point for learning extensions because there is no tip line to blend. Practise sizing and prep on a few tips before a full set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Almond, Medium","offer_id":67613439950903,"sku":"NC-C33","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Almond, Long","offer_id":67615904694327,"sku":"NC-C33-ALM-L","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffin, Short","offer_id":67615904727095,"sku":"NC-C33-COF-S","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffin, Medium","offer_id":67615904759863,"sku":"NC-C33-COF-M","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffin, Extra Long","offer_id":67615904792631,"sku":"NC-C33-COF-XL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Square, Short","offer_id":67615904825399,"sku":"NC-C33-SQU-S","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oval, Short","offer_id":67615904858167,"sku":"NC-C33-OVA-S","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oval, Extra Long","offer_id":67615904890935,"sku":"NC-C33-OVA-XL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stiletto, Long","offer_id":67615904923703,"sku":"NC-C33-STI-L","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stiletto, Extra Long","offer_id":67615904956471,"sku":"NC-C33-STI-XL","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/tips-01-nc-c33.jpg?v=1791883143"},{"product_id":"metallic-chrome-nail-powder-set-23-colours","title":"Metallic Chrome Nail Powder Set, 23 Mirror Colors","description":"\u003cp\u003eMirror-bright metal is one rub away. This set brings together 23 metallic chrome nail powders, including gold and silver, so you can change the whole mood of a gel manicure without changing the color underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChrome powder is applied over cured gel with a no-wipe top coat base, buffed in with an applicator and sealed with top coat. The finish depends on the color you pick and the base underneath: a black base gives the deepest mirror effect, while a white or pastel base keeps the shimmer softer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Set (23 chrome powders + 50 display sticks):\u003c\/strong\u003e the chrome collection plus a ring of 50 clear almond display sticks, so you can swatch every powder on a stick and plan your look before you commit to a nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpert Set (23 chrome powders + 2,400 rhinestones + 50 display sticks):\u003c\/strong\u003e everything in the Advanced Set plus a 12-grid case of about 2,400 clear flatback rhinestones in six sizes, for mirror finishes with a focal point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChrome Set (23 chrome powders):\u003c\/strong\u003e the 23 powders on their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a 23-color chrome set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e23 colors in one set, so you can try silver, gold, rose gold, copper and colored mirror looks without buying them one by one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMirror and metallic effects that sit on top of any gel color you already own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayer different powders for duo-chrome blends, gradients and ombre effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach color comes in its own small jar of 0.5 g, and only a small amount of powder is needed per nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23 jars of metallic chrome nail powder, one color per jar, 0.5 g in each; 50 clear almond nail display sticks on a binder ring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpert Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e the same 23 jars and 50 display sticks, plus 1 case of about 2,400 clear flatback glass rhinestones, 1.5 to 4 mm, in 12 grids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChrome Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 23 jars of chrome powder only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included in any set:\u003c\/strong\u003e gel polish, no-wipe top coat, applicators, rhinestone glue or gel, a wax pencil or pickup tool, a lamp and nail prep products. Items in your set may arrive in separate parcels on different days; your set is complete when the last parcel arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to apply chrome powder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure a gel color on the nail; black or a dark color gives the strongest mirror effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin coat of no-wipe gel top coat and cure it fully so the surface is smooth and dry to the touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress a small amount of powder onto the nail with a sponge or silicone applicator and buff it in small circles until the finish is even.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off the loose powder with a clean brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with a no-wipe top coat, covering the free edge, and cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTips for a clean finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwatch each powder on a display stick first to see how it looks over your base color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork with one hand at a time so the top coat does not pick up dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a separate applicator for each color to avoid mixing shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork in a ventilated space and avoid breathing in loose powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose each jar after use and store the set away from heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a special base to use chrome powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA cured, smooth no-wipe top coat layer gives the best result. Powder will not stick well to a tacky or wiped surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich base color should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack gives the deepest mirror finish. White and light colors keep the effect softer and more pearly, and a colored base shifts the tone of the metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes any set include applicators?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use a sponge applicator, silicone tip or eyeshadow applicator of your own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rhinestone color is in the Expert Set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Expert Set includes the clear rhinestone case. Other rhinestone colors are available on their own product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the powders on regular nail polish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChrome powders are made for use over cured gel with a gel top coat. They are not intended for air-dry polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Advanced Set (23 chrome powders + 50 display sticks)","offer_id":67615923994679,"sku":"NC-C56-ADV","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Expert Set (23 chrome powders + 2,400 rhinestones + 50 display sticks)","offer_id":67615924027447,"sku":"NC-C56-EXP","price":43.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Set (23 chrome powders)","offer_id":67613439983671,"sku":"NC-C56","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/chrome-hero-23-jars.jpg?v=1791882804"},{"product_id":"clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback","title":"Nail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces, 1.5-4 mm Flatback Glass Gems","description":"\u003cp\u003eA big box of sparkle goes a long way, and this set is built for volume. Each box holds about 2,400 flatback glass rhinestones in six sizes from 1.5 to 4 mm, organized in a 12-grid case, so every accent nail, French tip and statement design has the right size ready.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlatback stones sit flat against the nail and are set into gel or rhinestone glue, which gives a neat finish and a lower profile than domed charms. Mixed sizes let you build gradients, outline a cuticle line, scatter a few stones or cover a full accent nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders):\u003c\/strong\u003e the rhinestone case in the color you choose, plus a collection of 23 metallic chrome nail powders. Mirror finishes make stones read brighter, so the two are made to be used together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRhinestones Only (2,400 pieces):\u003c\/strong\u003e the rhinestone case on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your color\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear:\u003c\/strong\u003e colorless stones that match any base color, from nude and milky shades to black and deep jewel tones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAurora AB:\u003c\/strong\u003e colorless stones with an iridescent finish that flashes pink, blue and green in the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChampagne:\u003c\/strong\u003e a warm pale gold that sits well on nudes, creams and neutrals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose:\u003c\/strong\u003e a deep rose pink for romantic, glossy sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSky Blue:\u003c\/strong\u003e a light, clear blue for summer and pastel designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRhinestones Only:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 case of flatback glass rhinestones in the color you choose, about 2,400 pieces in total. The case has 12 grids holding six sizes, two grids of each:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 mm (SS4), 2.0 mm (SS6), 2.5 mm (SS8)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.8 mm (SS10), 3.0 mm (SS12), 4.0 mm (SS16)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShine Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e the rhinestone case above, plus 23 jars of metallic chrome nail powder, one color per jar, 0.5 g in each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot included in any set:\u003c\/strong\u003e gel, rhinestone glue, top coat, a wax pencil or pickup tool, applicators for the chrome powder and a lamp. Items in your set may arrive in separate parcels on different days; your set is complete when the last parcel arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to place rhinestones\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish your color and cure it, then apply a thin layer of rhinestone gel or a no-wipe top coat where the stones will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a stone with a wax pencil, a dotting tool or tweezers and place it flat into the gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress gently, adjust the position and repeat for the full design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the nail, then seal the edges around each stone with a small amount of top coat, keeping the facets clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure again and check that each stone is firmly bonded before you finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA single large stone at the cuticle with a line of 1.5 mm stones along the side wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA scattered sparkle accent nail on a milky or sheer base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reverse French outline traced with the smallest sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA gradient from 4 mm at the base to 1.5 mm at the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith the Shine Set: a chrome mirror nail with a single stone at the cuticle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the rhinestones have adhesive on the back?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are flatback glass stones and need rhinestone glue or gel to hold them on the nail. Glue is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre all sizes in every color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each color comes in the same 12-grid layout with six sizes from 1.5 mm up to 4 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I stop stones from falling off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace them into gel that has not been cured yet, cure, and then seal around the edge of each stone with top coat. Avoid covering the facets so the sparkle is not dulled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there larger shaped gems in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This set contains round flatback stones from 1.5 to 4 mm only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Shine Set come in every rhinestone color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Pick the rhinestone color you want and the 23 chrome powders are added to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Shine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders) \/ Clear","offer_id":67615931727927,"sku":"NC-C53-SHINE","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders) \/ Aurora AB","offer_id":67615931760695,"sku":"NC-C53-AB-SHINE","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders) \/ Champagne","offer_id":67615931793463,"sku":"NC-C53-CHA-SHINE","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders) \/ Rose","offer_id":67615931826231,"sku":"NC-C53-ROS-SHINE","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shine Set (2,400 rhinestones + 23 chrome powders) \/ Sky Blue","offer_id":67615931858999,"sku":"NC-C53-SKY-SHINE","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rhinestones Only (2,400 pieces) \/ Clear","offer_id":67613440016439,"sku":"NC-C53","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rhinestones Only (2,400 pieces) \/ Aurora AB","offer_id":67615905415223,"sku":"NC-C53-AB","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rhinestones Only (2,400 pieces) \/ Champagne","offer_id":67615905447991,"sku":"NC-C53-CHA","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rhinestones Only (2,400 pieces) \/ Rose","offer_id":67615905480759,"sku":"NC-C53-ROS","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rhinestones Only (2,400 pieces) \/ Sky Blue","offer_id":67615905513527,"sku":"NC-C53-SKY","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/rhine-01-nc-c53.jpg?v=1791883233"},{"product_id":"soft-hand-rest-cushion-for-manicures","title":"Manicure Hand Rest Cushion, Soft Wrist Support for Nail Art \u0026 Gel Application","description":"\u003cp\u003eA steady hand is half of a good manicure, and a hand rest is the simplest way to get one. This soft manicure hand rest cushion gives your hand and wrist a stable, padded place to sit while you file, paint, apply gel or place small decorations, so you can keep working comfortably without your hand hovering over the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is as useful for a client's hand as for your own: set it at the edge of the desk, lay the hand on top and work one finger at a time. It suits home manicurists, nail students and anyone who spends long sessions on detailed nail art.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy use a hand rest cushion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA padded surface keeps your hand and wrist supported, which makes longer sessions more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA stable hand makes fine lines, French tips and small details easier to control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA raised surface lifts the hand closer to eye level, so you can see the nail better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe soft cotton cover is gentler than a hard desk edge, and the cushion is light enough to move around the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovered with a towel or liner, it also keeps products away from the table surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your colour and pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive colours are available: White, Light Blue, Yellow, Red and Zebra Print. Each colour comes as a single cushion or as a 2-pack of the same colour, which is handy if you work with two hands at once, share a desk or want a spare to rotate between clients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 hand rest cushion in the colour you choose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 hand rest cushions in the same colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize is approximately 29 x 13 x 6 cm (about 11.4 x 5.1 x 2.4 in) with a soft cotton cover. Towels, liners, polish, gel, lamp and tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to set it up\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the cushion on a flat, stable surface at the edge of your desk or table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLay a clean towel or disposable liner over it if you are using gel, glue or polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRest the palm or wrist on the cushion so the fingers hang free for the nail you are working on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork one finger at a time and adjust the position of the hand as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the surface when you finish and store it away from direct sun and heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the cushion with a lightly damp cloth and keep it away from acetone and strong solvents, which can mark soft surfaces. Colours are shown as photographed; fabric shades can vary slightly from screen to screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it only for gel nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A hand rest helps with filing, polish, gel, acrylic and nail art. Any task where a stable hand matters is easier on a cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with a client?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Place it where your client's hand can rest comfortably and cover it with a clean towel or liner between clients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Single and 2-pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single is one cushion. A 2-pack is two cushions of the same colour with better value per cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with a towel or cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The contents are the cushion or cushions only. A towel or liner is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"2-pack \/ White","offer_id":67615900368951,"sku":"NC-C03-WHT-2","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-pack \/ Light Blue","offer_id":67615900434487,"sku":"NC-C03-LBL-2","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-pack \/ Yellow","offer_id":67615900500023,"sku":"NC-C03-YEL-2","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-pack \/ Red","offer_id":67615900565559,"sku":"NC-C03-RED-2","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2-pack \/ Zebra Print","offer_id":67615900631095,"sku":"NC-C03-ZEB-2","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ White","offer_id":67613440049207,"sku":"NC-C03","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Light Blue","offer_id":67615900401719,"sku":"NC-C03-LBL-1","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Yellow","offer_id":67615900467255,"sku":"NC-C03-YEL-1","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Red","offer_id":67615900532791,"sku":"NC-C03-RED-1","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single \/ Zebra Print","offer_id":67615900598327,"sku":"NC-C03-ZEB-1","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/cushion-pair_White_WHITE.jpg?v=1791882925"},{"product_id":"clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice","title":"Nail Display Sticks, Clear \u0026 Natural, for Gel Swatches \u0026 Practice","description":"\u003cp\u003eSeeing a colour on a bottle is not the same as seeing it on a nail. Nail display sticks let you paint, cure and keep a swatch of every gel colour you own or sell, so you can compare shades side by side, show clients your full range and choose your next manicure in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are also a handy canvas for trying a nail art idea before you put it on a real nail: practise a line, a flower or a gradient on a stick, adjust, and repeat until it looks right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your sticks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick a colour and shape, then a pack size. Every stick has a nail-shaped tip and a handle, and the sticks come on a metal binder ring so a whole colour range stays together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear Almond:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent sticks with a rounded almond tip, the best choice when you want the true colour and finish of a gel to show through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear Stiletto:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent sticks with a long pointed tip for stiletto designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Almond:\u003c\/strong\u003e opaque natural-colour sticks with an almond tip, which show a swatch the way it looks over a natural nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural Coffin:\u003c\/strong\u003e opaque natural-colour sticks with a coffin tip and a square free edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 sticks:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 20-stick set in the shape you choose, enough for a single colour family or one client range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 sticks:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 50-stick set, the all-round choice for a personal gel collection. The product photos show it with a sheet of numbered labels (1 to 100) for indexing your shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80 sticks:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 80-stick set, with the lowest cost per stick, for a full colour library or for classes and workshops. The product photos show it with the same sheet of numbered labels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolish, gel, top coat, a lamp and storage boxes are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you can use them for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGel polish swatches: paint, cure and label every shade in your collection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClient displays: build a colour book or a swatch ring for your station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail art practice: test designs, colour combinations and layering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhotography: a clean background for product photos and tutorials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to swatch a colour\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the stick with a nail cleanser and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply your base coat and cure it if you are using gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply the colour in thin coats, curing each coat as the product instructs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd top coat and cure, then write the brand and shade name on the back or use a numbered label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour should I choose, clear or natural?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClear sticks let you see how a colour looks translucent and are ideal for sheer and jelly shades. Natural sticks show the shade over a nail-like base, which is closer to the look on a client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a lamp for these sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are swatching gel polish, yes: cure each layer under your nail lamp. For regular nail polish, let the coats air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I reuse the sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGel and polish can be removed with the same remover you use on nails, so a stick can be cleaned and reused for practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are some shapes only in some pack sizes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach pack is offered only where we can supply it reliably, so the list shows the combinations that are available now.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"50 sticks \/ Clear Almond","offer_id":67613440081975,"sku":"NC-C85","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 sticks \/ Natural Almond","offer_id":67615904038967,"sku":"NC-C85-NA-50","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50 sticks \/ Natural Coffin","offer_id":67615904104503,"sku":"NC-C85-NC-50","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80 sticks \/ Clear Almond","offer_id":67615903907895,"sku":"NC-C85-CA-80","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80 sticks \/ Clear Stiletto","offer_id":67615903973431,"sku":"NC-C85-CS-80","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80 sticks \/ Natural Coffin","offer_id":67615904137271,"sku":"NC-C85-NC-80","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 sticks \/ Clear Almond","offer_id":67615903875127,"sku":"NC-C85-CA-20","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 sticks \/ Clear Stiletto","offer_id":67615903940663,"sku":"NC-C85-CS-20","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 sticks \/ Natural Almond","offer_id":67615904006199,"sku":"NC-C85-NA-20","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 sticks \/ Natural Coffin","offer_id":67615904071735,"sku":"NC-C85-NC-20","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/sticks-02-nc-c85.jpg?v=1791883024"},{"product_id":"color-changing-thermal-gel-polish-trio-palette","title":"Color-Changing Thermal Gel Polish, Trio or Palette of 6","description":"\u003cp\u003eThermal gel polish is a color-change gel: the shade you see depends on the temperature of the nail. Warm hands show one tone, a glass of cold water or a cool room shows another, and the shift repeats every time. This set gathers six of the most wearable thermal shades into curated trios and one full palette, so you get a coordinated look instead of a single bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach color has its own chart in the photos. It shows the shade at 40, 20 and 0 degrees Celsius, so you can see where a polish starts, where it lands at room temperature and how far it travels when cold. Pale, milky tones appear when the nail is warm and the deeper tones appear as it cools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: a ready-made trio takes the guesswork out of choosing, and thermal gel behaves like any other soak-off gel color on the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: three related shades layer and fade into ombre and gradient nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Complete Palette of six gives a client-facing demo, a bright content piece and a quick sell on the color-change effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bottle is a colored thermal gel in a standard 7 ml bottle with an in-cap brush. A base coat, top coat and lamp are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Palette (6 bottles): all six bottles, 7 ml each, so you can mix both trios. Best value per bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlush to Berry Trio (3 bottles): three 7 ml bottles that run from white and soft pink through lavender, rose and a deep plum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSky and Lilac Trio (3 bottles): three 7 ml bottles that run from pink and lilac through aqua, bright blue and violet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepare the nail and apply a thin layer of base gel, then cure it in your lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin first coat of the thermal color and cure it, following the lamp time you use for your usual gel color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a second thin coat for full color and cure again. For an ombre, brush a second shade onto the free edge and blend before curing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with a no-wipe top coat and cure. Test the effect by running the nails under cool water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are soak-off gels that cure under a UV or LED lamp and come off with acetone. Layer thickness and skin temperature change the tone you see, so try one nail first. Colors can look different on screen than in the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice\"\u003eClear Nail Display Sticks for Swatches\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does thermal gel polish change color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt reacts to the temperature of the nail. Each shade has a warm tone and a cooler tone, and the charts in the photos show the tones at 40, 20 and 0 degrees Celsius.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a special lamp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They cure under a UV or LED lamp, the same as a normal gel color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I remove it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a soak-off gel that comes off with acetone, using your usual gel removal method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I build an ombre with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Brush two shades together on the nail, blend the edge, then cure. Because each shade changes with temperature, the gradient shifts as the nail warms or cools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy a trio or a palette and not a single bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shades are designed to sit together. A trio or the Complete Palette gives you a complete look and a better cost per bottle than buying the colors one at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Complete Palette (all 6 shades, 6 bottles)","offer_id":67615898206263,"sku":"NC-THERM-PAL6","price":39.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blush to Berry Trio (3 bottles)","offer_id":67615898140727,"sku":"NC-THERM-TRIO-BLUSH","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sky and Lilac Trio (3 bottles)","offer_id":67615898173495,"sku":"NC-THERM-TRIO-SKY","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/thermal-palette6.jpg?v=1791882500"},{"product_id":"3d-bow-silicone-nail-molds-set-of-2-3-or-5","title":"3D Bow Silicone Nail Molds, Set of 2, 3 or 5 for Gel Charms","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe bow is the nail art detail of the moment, and a silicone mold is the cheapest way to make as many as you want. Instead of buying a finished 3D charm, you press gel into the mold, cure it and lift out a bow that is the exact size and shape you need. These molds are reusable, so a single set keeps producing charms for as long as you keep making nails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set groups molds that work together: one for small bows, one for decorative frames and one or more for larger ribbons. Choose the Starter Set to begin, the Creator Set for a full coquette look or the Expert Set when you want every size on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll molds are clear silicone. Gel, a lamp, tweezers and a nail-art brush are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreator Set (3 molds): the Starter Set plus a mold of tall ribbon columns with bows of different sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpert Set (5 molds): the Creator Set plus two more ribbon-bow molds, so you have a wide range of bow shapes, from small knots to long trailing ribbons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter Set (2 molds): a three-nail mold with three bows on each nail shape, and a six-cavity mold of ruffled and beaded frames that sit around the nail edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to make a 3D bow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a small ball of gel and roll it between your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress it into the cavity of the design you like and push the gel into every line of the mold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe away any excess around the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the mold in your nail lamp, using the time that suits your gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel the cured bow out of the silicone with tweezers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix it on the nail with a dot of gel, cure, and seal around it with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: no sculpting skills needed. The mold gives you the shape, and you only need a steady hand to place it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: make dozens of bows in a batch and keep them in a box for any look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: create custom colors and sizes to match a client set, and offer 3D bows without buying charms in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBows made in the mold are only as colorful as the gel you put in: use clear, tinted or colored gel, or paint the cured bow. Some molds carry a small embossed mark in the silicone, which only appears in the mold and not on your finished charms. Clean the silicone with a lint-free wipe before putting it away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback\"\u003eClear Nail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I need besides the mold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA gel to fill the mold, a nail lamp, tweezers to lift the cured charm and a little gel to attach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the same mold again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Silicone molds are reusable, so you can make as many charms as you like.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the bows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach mold mixes sizes: small knot bows, medium bows and long ribbon bows. The photos show the cavity layouts for every mold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich gel works best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA gel that holds its shape before curing is easiest. Roll it into a ball, press it into the mold and cure it in your lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix molds from different sets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Expert Set contains all molds from the Starter and Creator Sets, so you can mix frames and bows in one design.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Creator Set (3 molds: bows, frames, ribbons)","offer_id":67615898370103,"sku":"NC-BOW-TRIO","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Expert Set (5 molds, the full collection)","offer_id":67615898402871,"sku":"NC-BOW-SET5","price":38.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Set (2 molds: bows and frames)","offer_id":67615898337335,"sku":"NC-BOW-DUO","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/bows-trio.jpg?v=1791882672"},{"product_id":"aurora-holographic-nail-transfer-foil-10-roll-box","title":"Aurora Holographic Nail Transfer Foil, 10-Roll Box, 1, 2 or 4 Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransfer foil is the quickest way to get a starry-sky or broken-glass finish without painting a single detail. You press a clear foil onto tacky transfer gel, peel it away and the holographic pattern stays behind on the nail, shimmering in every direction of light. This box holds ten rolls of clear aurora foil, each with its own laser pattern, so one box gives you stars, circles, shards and bursts to mix and match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rolls come in a divided clear storage box, which keeps each pattern separate and lets you see what you have at a glance. It is the kind of product you reach for to finish a design in under a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Creator Set (2 boxes) for a second client set or a spare of your favorite patterns, the Expert Set (4 boxes) if you do foil nails every week, or the Starter Box (1 box) to try the effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransfer gel, gel color, top coat and a lamp are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTen rolls of clear holographic transfer foil per box, each with a different aurora or laser pattern.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA clear box with a compartment for every roll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: no brush skill is needed. Press, peel and seal gives a result that looks hand-painted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: layer the foil over chrome, cat-eye or pastel bases for a different look every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: ten patterns in one box means one purchase covers a whole menu of foil add-ons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to apply transfer foil\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure your color or base gel and wipe off the tacky layer if your gel leaves one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin coat of transfer gel to the nail and cure it so that it stays tacky.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress a piece of foil onto the nail, design side down, and rub it so that it makes full contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel the foil away. The pattern stays on the tacky layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with a no-wipe top coat and cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesign ideas\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarry sky over a dark navy or black base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass-shard foil over a sheer pink or milky base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarburst foil on a single accent nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall foil fragments scattered over a chrome or cat-eye finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patterns are clear and holographic, so the color of the base shows through. Foil lifts best from a smooth, fully cured layer. The photos show the range of patterns in the box and the exact pattern on each roll can differ from the examples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metallic-chrome-nail-powder-set-23-colours\"\u003eMetallic Chrome Nail Powder Set, 23 Colors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need transfer gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Transfer foil sticks to a tacky transfer gel layer. Transfer gel is not included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many rolls are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen rolls, each in its own compartment of the clear storage box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich base color works best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDark bases make the holographic pattern stand out the most. Sheer or pale bases give a soft glass look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on natural nails and extensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a decoration that sits on top of your gel, so it works on natural nails, tips and extensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix patterns on one nail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Press one pattern, peel, then press a second foil over a small area before you seal with top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Creator Set (2 boxes, 20 rolls)","offer_id":67615898468407,"sku":"NC-AFOIL-2","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Expert Set (4 boxes, 40 rolls)","offer_id":67615898501175,"sku":"NC-AFOIL-4","price":32.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Box (1 box, 10 rolls)","offer_id":67615898435639,"sku":"NC-AFOIL-1","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/Sfd78bf836a274f94914801adb5e08217T.webp?v=1791882796"},{"product_id":"polymer-clay-fruit-slices-nail-art-packs","title":"Polymer Clay Fruit Slices for Nail Art, Packs of 3, 6 or 10 Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003eFruit nails are a summer classic that never leaves: a watermelon on the ring finger, a row of lemon slices, a scatter of strawberries over a pastel base. Polymer clay slices give you those tiny, detailed fruits in bulk, so you can decorate a full set, a few accent nails or a whole season of looks from one pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese polymer clay slices were made for resin, slime and jewelry crafts, and nail artists use them as tiny 3D decorations. They are a craft material, not a nail-brand product. The bag, label or instructions may mention resin crafts, jewelry or slime; the slices are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack is built around a theme: a citrus and melon trio, a berry trio, a six-fruit Creator Set and a ten-bag Expert Set. Every bag holds a single design, so you see exactly what you are choosing and can mix them on the nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 1000 pieces. Gel, a lamp, top coat and tools to place the slices are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreator Set (6 bags): kiwi, watermelon, lemon, strawberry, red dragon fruit and banana.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpert Set (10 bags): the six fruits above, plus grape, apple, white dragon fruit and a cake design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCitrus and Melon Trio (3 bags): kiwi, watermelon and lemon slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBerry Trio (3 bags): strawberry, red dragon fruit and grape slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: placing a slice is easier than painting one, and a flat clay slice sits neatly under top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: mix several fruits on one nail for a playful sticker look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Expert Set covers fruit requests for the whole season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use them on nails\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish your color gel and cure it, then apply a thin layer of gel or non-wipe top coat to the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a slice with a wax pencil, tweezers or a dotting tool and place it into the uncured layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress it gently and arrange a few more, leaving space between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the nail, then add a coat of top coat over the slices and cure again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlices are cut from patterned clay, so each one is flat and the design shows on the face. Sizes vary a little from slice to slice, by about 1 to 2 mm, and colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag. Slices are decorations: keep them under a gel or top coat layer so they stay in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback\"\u003eClear Nail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese slices are a craft material made for resin, slime and jewelry, and they work well as nail art decorations. They are not a nail-brand product, and the bag or label may mention those crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special glue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Press the slices into a layer of uncured gel or top coat, cure, and seal with top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many slices are in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 1000 pieces. Slices are tiny, so a bag lasts a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose individual bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePacks are set themes, so you get a ready-made mix that works together. The bigger the pack, the lower the cost per bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the slices stay on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet them in uncured gel, cure, and seal with top coat. Keep them fully covered at the edges so they do not catch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Creator Set (6 fruits, 6 bags)","offer_id":67615903809591,"sku":"NC-CLAY-FRUIT-6","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Expert Set (9 fruits and cake, 10 bags)","offer_id":67615903842359,"sku":"NC-CLAY-FRUIT-10","price":30.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Citrus and Melon Trio (kiwi, watermelon, lemon, 3 bags)","offer_id":67615903744055,"sku":"NC-CLAY-FRUIT-TRIO","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Berry Trio (strawberry, dragon fruit, grape, 3 bags)","offer_id":67615903776823,"sku":"NC-CLAY-BERRY-TRIO","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/clay-fruit-salad6.jpg?v=1791883022"},{"product_id":"polymer-clay-flower-heart-animal-slices-nail-art","title":"Polymer Clay Flower, Heart \u0026 Animal Slices for Nail Art, 3 or 6 Bags","description":"\u003cp\u003eNot every nail needs fruit. These polymer clay slices cover the softer, sweeter side of 3D nail art: tiny roses, hearts, feathers, small animal faces, ties and cake slices that you place one by one into gel for a look that feels hand-made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese polymer clay slices were made for resin, slime and jewelry crafts, and nail artists use them as tiny 3D decorations. They are a craft material, not a nail-brand product. The bag, label or instructions may mention resin crafts, jewelry or slime; the slices are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the Complete Collection to have every design on hand, the Garden Set for romantic, floral nails, or the Sweet Set for playful, kawaii-style looks. Each bag holds one design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 1000 pieces. Gel, a lamp, top coat and tools to place the slices are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Collection (6 bags): one of every design below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden Set (3 bags): rose, heart and feather slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet Set (3 bags): cake, animal and tie slices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: slices are flat and forgiving, so a simple accent nail looks finished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: combine hearts and roses for a Valentine set, or cake and animal slices for birthday nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: a small box of designs lets you personalize a client set without waiting for custom charms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use them on nails\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish your color gel and cure it, then apply a thin layer of gel or non-wipe top coat to the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a slice with a wax pencil, tweezers or a dotting tool and place it into the uncured layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress it gently and arrange a few more, leaving space between them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the nail, then add a coat of top coat over the slices and cure again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlices are cut from patterned clay, so each one is flat and the design shows on the face. Sizes vary a little from slice to slice, by about 1 to 2 mm, and colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag. Slices are decorations: keep them under a gel or top coat layer so they stay in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-display-board-mixing-palette\"\u003eNail Display \u0026amp; Mixing Palette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese slices are a craft material made for resin, slime and jewelry, and they work well as nail art decorations. They are not a nail-brand product, and the bag or label may mention those crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special glue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Press the slices into a layer of uncured gel or top coat, cure, and seal with top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many slices are in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 1000 pieces. Slices are tiny, so a bag lasts a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I pick first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Complete Collection has every design. The Garden Set suits soft, romantic looks and the Sweet Set is better for playful designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the designs the same in every bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag is one design family. Colors and patterns inside a bag vary, as the photos show.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Complete Collection (all 6 designs, 6 bags)","offer_id":67615904235575,"sku":"NC-CLAY-MIX-6","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Garden Set (rose, heart, feather, 3 bags)","offer_id":67615904170039,"sku":"NC-CLAY-GARDEN-TRIO","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sweet Set (cake, animal, tie, 3 bags)","offer_id":67615904202807,"sku":"NC-CLAY-SWEET-TRIO","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/clay-garden-mix6.jpg?v=1791883043"},{"product_id":"metallic-foil-flakes-nail-art-4-jar-sets","title":"Metallic Foil Flakes for Nail Art, 4-Jar Sets: Gold, Copper \u0026 More","description":"\u003cp\u003eFoil flakes are thin shards of metallic foil that you press into gel for a crushed-foil, marble or gilded finish. They give nails that expensive, hand-finished look without any painting skill: a few flakes of gold over a sheer base, a scatter of copper over nude, or a mix of teal and blue for an ocean effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese foil flakes are sold for epoxy resin, jewelry and craft work, and they work well as nail decoration. They are a craft material, not a nail-brand product. The bag, label or instructions may mention resin or jewelry making; the flakes are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set contains four jars, and each jar holds a different shade of one color family. Choose a single set to try a style or build a larger collection that covers every look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jar is a small screw-top jar of about 29 mm high and 25 mm wide, filled to the line marked in the photo. Gel, a lamp and top coat are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour Golds: four jars in different gold shades, from bright yellow gold to warm, deeper gold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCopper \u0026amp; Rose Gold: four jars from orange copper through deep copper to rose and pink gold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOcean Blues: four jars from teal and aqua to sky and cobalt blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eViolet \u0026amp; Berry: four jars from lilac and magenta to purple and dark violet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewel Mix: four jars in gold, green, blue and red foil, each mixed with silver flakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter Set (8 jars): the Four Golds and Copper \u0026amp; Rose Gold sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreator Set (12 jars): Four Golds, Copper \u0026amp; Rose Gold and Ocean Blues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpert Collection (20 jars): all five sets above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: flakes are forgiving, since torn edges and random placement look intentional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: layer gold over black, or teal over white, for a different effect from the same jar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Expert Collection gives clients every color family without extra ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use foil flakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish and cure your colored gel base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin, tacky layer of gel or builder gel where you want the foil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up flakes with a brush or tweezers and press them into the layer, overlapping some for a crushed look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure, then add top coat and cure again so that the edges are smooth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoil is delicate. Handle it with a brush or tweezers and seal it under top coat so that the edges do not catch. Shade names above describe the photos, and the exact tone varies slightly by jar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flakes are a craft material sold for resin and jewelry making, and they work well on nails when sealed under top coat. The packaging may mention those crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many jars do I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach single set holds four jars. The Starter Set has eight, the Creator Set twelve and the Expert Collection twenty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the flakes stay on the nail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, when pressed into tacky gel and sealed with top coat. Keep the edge of the nail fully sealed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix shades in one design?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Mixing gold with copper or teal with blue is the easiest way to get depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gel should I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gel that stays slightly tacky before curing works. A thin builder gel or gel top coat that you do not wipe is a common choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Creator Set (golds, copper, ocean, 12 jars)","offer_id":67615905316919,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-TRIO","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Expert Collection (all five sets, 20 jars)","offer_id":67615905349687,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-ALL5","price":36.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Set (golds + copper, 8 jars)","offer_id":67615905284151,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-DUO","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Four Golds (4 jars)","offer_id":67615905120311,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-GOLDS","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Copper \u0026 Rose Gold (4 jars)","offer_id":67615905153079,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-COPPER","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ocean Blues (4 jars)","offer_id":67615905185847,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-OCEAN","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Violet \u0026 Berry (4 jars)","offer_id":67615905218615,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-VIOLET","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jewel Mix: gold, green, blue, red (4 jars)","offer_id":67615905251383,"sku":"NC-FFLAKE-JEWEL","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/ff-triple.jpg?v=1791883222"},{"product_id":"pre-buffed-soft-gel-nail-tips-600-pieces-full-cover","title":"Pre-Buffed Soft Gel Nail Tips, 600 Pieces, Full Cover in 5 Shapes","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft gel tips are the fastest route to a full set of extensions: you size a tip to each nail, bond it with gel, cure it and shape it. This box holds 600 tips in one shape and one length, so a single purchase covers dozens of full sets for yourself, friends or clients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tips are full cover, which means the whole nail surface is a tip rather than a small tip tab. They have a pre-buffed, half-matte contact area that gives gel something to grip, and a thicker zone at the cuticle line so that the edge blends without a visible ridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe photos show the width and length in millimeters of every size in each shape. Gel, a lamp, nail glue and tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 clear soft gel tips of one shape and one length.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost boxes hold 12 sizes with 50 tips per size. The medium almond, coffin and oval boxes hold 10 sizes, with some sizes doubled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes are numbered on the tips so that you can match a tip to each nail quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShapes and lengths\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoffin and square: a flat free edge. Coffin tapers toward the tip, square keeps parallel sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlmond and oval: rounded outlines that suit soft, natural-looking sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStiletto: a pointed tip for dramatic length. The half-cover stiletto has a smaller contact area that stops short of the cuticle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra short, medium and long describe the box. The size chart in the photo of each shape lists the exact millimeter lengths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to apply\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep the natural nail and choose the numbered tip that fits the width of the nail from sidewall to sidewall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a thin layer of gel or tip gel to the frosted contact area and press the tip on from the cuticle toward the free edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure it, then shape the free edge with a file if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply color and top coat as usual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: numbered sizes and a pre-buffed surface take the guesswork out of fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: a box of one shape lasts for many sets and makes practice cheap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: 600 tips per box suits regular clients and lets you keep shapes in stock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick one shape and length per box. If you work with several shapes, choose the ones you use most. The tips are made of PMMA plastic. Follow the instructions of the gel or adhesive you apply them with, including curing and removal, and do not pull tips off the nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-extension-clips\"\u003eNail Extension Clips, ABS Form Clips for Gel Extensions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many tips are in a box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e600 tips, in one shape and length. Most boxes hold 12 sizes with 50 tips per size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these full cover or half cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFull cover, except the Extra Short Half-Cover Stiletto, which has a smaller contact area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need gel to apply them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Use soft gel or builder gel and cure it under a lamp that suits your gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose a size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHold the tip against the nail. It should cover the nail from sidewall to sidewall without squeezing the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix shapes in one order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach box is a single shape and length. Order several boxes if you want more than one shape.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Medium Almond","offer_id":67615905972279,"sku":"NC-TIP600-M-ALMOND","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Coffin","offer_id":67615906005047,"sku":"NC-TIP600-M-COFFIN","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Square","offer_id":67615906037815,"sku":"NC-TIP600-M-SQUARE","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Stiletto","offer_id":67615906070583,"sku":"NC-TIP600-M-STILETTO","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium Oval","offer_id":67615906103351,"sku":"NC-TIP600-M-OVAL","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Short Coffin","offer_id":67615906136119,"sku":"NC-TIP600-XS-COFFIN","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Short Almond","offer_id":67615906168887,"sku":"NC-TIP600-XS-ALMOND","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Short Square","offer_id":67615906201655,"sku":"NC-TIP600-XS-SQUARE","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Short Half-Cover Stiletto","offer_id":67615906234423,"sku":"NC-TIP600-XS-HC-STILETTO","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Coffin","offer_id":67615906267191,"sku":"NC-TIP600-L-COFFIN","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Stiletto","offer_id":67615906299959,"sku":"NC-TIP600-L-STILETTO","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/tips-m-almond.jpg?v=1791883459"},{"product_id":"ultra-fine-detail-brush-set-00000","title":"Ultra Fine Detail Brush Set, Size 00000, Sets of 6 or 12","description":"\u003cp\u003eSome lines are simply too thin for a regular liner. This ultra-fine detail brush set gives you six size 00000 brushes with a long, narrow tip for hair-thin strokes: tiny outlines, fine lettering, delicate florals, speckles, French edges and the small details that make a design look finished. Each brush is the same size, so you can keep one per color family and one for clean-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for miniature painting, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese brushes were designed for painting miniatures, scale models and fine illustration, and nail artists have adopted them for the same reason: the tip holds a very thin line under control. They are a precision craft tool, not a nail-brand product. The packaging, label or instructions may mention painting or modelling; the brushes are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetail Set, Blue: six brushes, all size 00000, with blue handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetail Set, White: the same six brushes with white handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble Set, Blue + White: twelve brushes, six of each handle color, for a studio that wants spares or a color-coded workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach brush is about 18 cm (7 in) long with nylon bristles, a narrow metal ferrule and a shaped grip. Paint, gel, a palette and a cleaning pot are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: a very fine brush is forgiving once you rest your hand and work in short strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: outline a stamped design, add tiny dots and write names or initials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: keep dedicated brushes for dark, light and glitter lines so colors stay clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use them on nails\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRest the heel of your hand on the table or a hand support so the fine tip stays steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a small amount of gel paint or line gel, then wipe the brush on the edge of the palette to shape the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDraw with light pressure, pulling the brush toward you in short strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure the design, then seal it with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the brush clean with a lint-free pad and a suitable cleanser, and reshape the tip before storing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize 00000 is the finest on the page, so it is made for lines and details, not for filling areas. The bristle tip is soft and delicate: keep the cap or a tip guard in place while traveling, and never leave brushes standing on their tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/angled-liner-brush\"\u003eAngled Liner Brush, Pack of 2 or 5\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/precision-hand-stabilizer-for-nail-art\"\u003eNail Art Hand Stabilizer, 360 Degree Rotating Rest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese brushes are made for miniature and model painting, and nail artists use them for hair-thin lines. They are a craft tool, not a nail-brand product, and the packaging may mention painting or modelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre all six brushes the same size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every brush in a set is size 00000, so you get six identical fine-detail brushes rather than a mixed range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the blue and white sets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the handle color. The brushes inside are the same, which makes the Double Set handy if you want to color-code your lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them with gel and acrylic paint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey suit thin, fluid paints such as gel paint, line gel and nail art acrylic paint. Clean the brush right after use and reshape the tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I stop the tip from splaying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it on a lint-free pad, reshape it to a point with your fingers, and store it with the tip free and protected.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Detail Set, Blue (6 brushes, size 00000)","offer_id":67615981338679,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DETAIL-BLUE","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Detail Set, White (6 brushes, size 00000)","offer_id":67615981371447,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DETAIL-WHITE","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double Set, Blue + White (12 brushes, size 00000)","offer_id":67615981404215,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DETAIL-DOUBLE","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/detail-brush-blue-six.jpg?v=1791888694"},{"product_id":"reusable-silicone-nail-forms","title":"Reusable Silicone Nail Forms for Gel \u0026 Poly Extensions, 60 or 120","description":"\u003cp\u003eReusable silicone nail forms give gel, poly gel and acrylic extensions a shape you can repeat on every set. Each form is a thin, soft silicone sheet with a finger tab, made as an insert for dual forms and top forms, so you can build a clean free edge, cure it and use the same form again on the next manicure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery shape comes in 12 graduated sizes, so you can match the form to each finger instead of forcing one size across the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpert:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 forms in a divided case, 5 shapes with 12 sizes of each. The case measures 133 x 69 mm (5.23 x 2.71 in).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreator:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 forms in a 10-compartment case, 10 shapes with 12 sizes of each. It adds rounded-head shapes and a smile-line form to the five Expert shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStarter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 forms of one shape in a bag, 12 sizes. Pick Round Tip, Long Oval, Pointed Tip, Smile Line, Teardrop, Arch Cut or Arrow Point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBase dual forms, gel or builder gel, a lamp and tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: a form gives the free edge a guide, so the shape is easier to repeat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: one case covers French tips and longer sets without buying tips every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: 12 sizes per shape make it faster to fit a full set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep the natural nail and apply your usual base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the size that matches the nail width and place the form with your dual form or top form, following the steps you already use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply gel, poly gel or builder in thin layers and shape it into the form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure under your lamp, remove the form and refine the shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the form clean and store it flat in its case or bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThese are inserts for dual forms and top forms, not a complete extension system on their own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHow many times a form can be reused depends on how you handle and clean it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these forms reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are soft silicone forms made to be used again. Wipe each one clean after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many forms are in each set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpert has 60 forms in 5 shapes, Creator has 120 forms in 10 shapes, and each Starter bag has 60 forms of one shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they fit every nail shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach shape comes in 12 sizes, so you can match the form to the width of the nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpert to try five shapes, Creator for the full range, Starter if you already know your favorite shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need dual forms as well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These are silicone inserts for dual forms and top forms, so you need your dual forms, gel and a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Expert (60 forms, 5 shapes, case)","offer_id":67615983009847,"sku":"NC-FORMS-EXPERT","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Creator (120 forms, 10 shapes, case)","offer_id":67615983042615,"sku":"NC-FORMS-CREATOR","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Round Tip (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983075383,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-ROUND","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Long Oval (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983108151,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-OVAL","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Pointed Tip (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983140919,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-POINT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Smile Line (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983173687,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-SMILE","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Teardrop (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983206455,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-TEAR","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Arch Cut (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983239223,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-ARCH","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Arrow Point (60 forms, 1 shape)","offer_id":67615983271991,"sku":"NC-FORMS-ST-ARROW","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/hero-expert-case.jpg?v=1791889041"},{"product_id":"portable-rechargeable-nail-drill-45000-rpm-e-file","title":"Portable Rechargeable Nail Drill, 45,000 RPM E-File with 6 Bits","description":"\u003cp\u003eA portable nail drill is the quickest way to take on shaping, smoothing and removal at home or on the move. This rechargeable e-file packs a handpiece, a battery-powered control unit and a starter set of bits and sanding bands into one kit, with a dial that goes from 0 to 45,000 RPM so you can work gently or fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe control unit is about the size of a phone, so it sits on the table next to you or travels in a bag. A digital display shows the speed and the battery level, and a forward and reverse button lets you work comfortably whichever hand you use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wall charger is not shown in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite control unit with built-in rechargeable battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandpiece with a bit lock system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 drill bits: needle, bullet, tapered, small cylinder, big cylinder and a mandrel for sanding bands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 sanding bands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging cable (USB-A to USB-C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed dial from 0 to 45,000 RPM with the number on the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForward and reverse switch and a pause button.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in battery, charged in about 3 hours, with a working time of roughly 8 to 10 hours on a full charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum alloy handpiece with ventilation holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact body of about 15 cm by 7 cm (5.9 by 2.8 in) with a 14 cm (5.5 in) handpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the unit with the USB cable until the battery indicator is full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the handpiece, insert a bit and lock it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose forward or reverse, then turn the dial to a low speed to begin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring the bit to the nail lightly and keep it moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaise the speed as you gain control and pause when you want to stop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a low speed and a light touch. Bits wear and should be replaced when they stop cutting well. The set is sold in white. The collet size is not stated, so check the fit before you plan on using bits other than the ones in the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tungsten-carbide-nail-drill-bits\"\u003eTungsten Carbide Nail Drill Bit Sets: 3, 5 or 10 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-drill-bit-box\"\u003eNail Drill Bit Storage Box: 25 Holes, Aluminum with Clear Acrylic Top\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it rechargeable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has a built-in battery that charges over USB, with about 3 hours charging time and 8 to 10 hours of working time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat speed does it reach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dial goes from 0 to 45,000 RPM and the display shows the current speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I run it in reverse?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A forward and reverse button lets you choose the direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe control unit, handpiece, 6 bits, 6 sanding bands and a USB charging cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for beginners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is described for both beginners and experienced users. Start at a low speed and learn the feel of each bit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":67615998115895,"sku":"NC-EFILE-DRILL-WHITE","price":54.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nc-machine-hero.jpg?v=1791890039"},{"product_id":"nail-sanding-bands-200-per-tub-80-240-grit","title":"Nail Sanding Bands, 200 per Tub, 80 to 240 Grit Sets and Singles","description":"\u003cp\u003eSanding bands are the consumable that does the everyday work on an e-file: slip a band onto a mandrel, spin it up and shape, smooth or take down product, then replace the band when it wears. Buying them 200 to a tub means you stop rationing them, which is how you get consistent results on every nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach tub holds 200 bands of one grit and comes with 2 silver mandrels, so you can start immediately and keep a spare. Choose a single grit, or build your range with a duo, a trio or all four grits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe e-file, bits and dust control are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery tub: 200 sanding bands of one grit and 2 mandrels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaping Duo: two tubs, 120 grit and 240 grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday Trio: three tubs, 120, 180 and 240 grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete Range: four tubs, 80, 120, 180 and 240 grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle tubs: 80, 120, 180 or 240 grit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSize and fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach band is about 13 mm (0.51 in) long with an inner diameter of 6 mm and an outer diameter of roughly 8 mm (0.31 in). The mandrels have a 3\/32 in shank and are about 3.9 cm (1.53 in) long. The bands are made for nail drills and other drills that take sanding bands. Check that your handpiece takes a 3\/32 in shank before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a grit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrit is the number of abrasive particles; the lower the number, the coarser the band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 grit: the coarsest, used for fast removal and rough shaping of artificial enhancements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e120 grit: a medium all-rounder for shaping and general work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e180 grit: finer, for blending and smoothing a surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e240 grit: the finest, for a smooth finish before polish or top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush a band onto the mandrel until it sits flat at the end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the mandrel in your e-file handpiece and set a low speed to begin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the band lightly across the surface and keep it moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace the band when it loses its bite and switch to a finer grit to finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 80, 120 and 180 grit bands are brown and the 240 grit bands are black, so you can tell grits apart at a glance. Always follow the instructions of your e-file and wear eye protection when using any drill bit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/80w-nail-dust-collector\"\u003e80W Nail Dust Collector: Dual-Fan Desktop Unit with Hand Pad\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tungsten-carbide-nail-drill-bits\"\u003eTungsten Carbide Nail Drill Bit Sets: 3, 5 or 10 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bands are in a tub?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach tub holds 200 bands of a single grit, with 2 mandrels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich grit should I start with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e120 grit is a good first choice for general shaping, and 240 grit for finishing. The Shaping Duo gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a special e-file?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mandrels have a 3\/32 in shank, the common size for nail e-files. Check your handpiece before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix grits in one order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The duo, trio and complete range sets mix grits for you, or choose single tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the mandrels reusable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You swap a worn band for a new one on the same mandrel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Shaping Duo: 120 + 240 grit (2 tubs, 400 bands, 4 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998476343,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-DUO","price":30.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Everyday Trio: 120 + 180 + 240 grit (3 tubs, 600 bands, 6 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998509111,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-TRIO","price":41.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Complete Range: 80 + 120 + 180 + 240 grit (4 tubs, 800 bands, 8 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998541879,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-ALL4","price":53.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coarse 80 grit (1 tub, 200 bands, 2 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998574647,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-80","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium 120 grit (1 tub, 200 bands, 2 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998607415,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-120","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fine 180 grit (1 tub, 200 bands, 2 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998640183,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-180","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Extra Fine 240 grit, black (1 tub, 200 bands, 2 mandrels)","offer_id":67615998672951,"sku":"NC-EFILE-BANDS-240","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nc-bands-duo.jpg?v=1791890072"},{"product_id":"mixed-size-flatback-crystal-rhinestone-packs","title":"Mixed-Size Crystal Rhinestones for Nails, Sparkle, Noir \u0026 Gold Packs","description":"\u003cp\u003eA single crystal can finish a manicure: a cluster at the cuticle, a line down the side wall or a full encrusted accent nail. These mixed-size rhinestone packs give you the sparkle, black and gold shades that suit almost every base color, in bags big enough that you stop counting stones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery bag holds one color in mixed sizes from SS4 to SS20, about 1.5 to 4.8 mm across, with a gold-toned flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is marked 1440 pcs and holds a single color in mixed sizes. Gel, top coat, glue and a pick-up tool are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSparkle Trio: three bags of Crystal, Crystal AB and Moonlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNoir Trio: three bags of Jet, Black Diamond and Hematite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold Glam Trio: three bags of Rose Gold, Aurum and Golden Shadow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday Six: six bags of Crystal, Crystal AB, Jet, Rose Gold, Aurum and Moonlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Nine: nine bags, every color from the three trios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: start with the Sparkle Trio. Clear and AB crystals match any polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: add the Noir Trio for French twists and the Gold Glam Trio for warm accents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Studio Nine keeps the shades clients ask for most within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSizes in the mix\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag mixes seven sizes, SS4 to SS20. Use the smallest for outlines and scatter, the middle sizes for clusters and the largest as a focal stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to set them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure your color, then add a thin layer of gel or non-wipe top coat where the crystal will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a crystal up with a wax pencil, dotting tool or tweezers and place it flat side down into the uncured layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress lightly and arrange the cluster, leaving a hair of space between stones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure, then seal around the edges with top coat and cure again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese crystals were made for craft, fashion and accessory decoration, and nail artists use them as flatback gems. They are a craft material, not a nail-brand product. The bag or label may mention garments, shoes or phone cases; the crystals are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe back is a flat, gold-toned non-hotfix back, so the crystals are set in gel or glue rather than ironed on. Colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag, and the share of each size in a bag can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback\"\u003eNail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces, 1.5-4 mm Flatback Glass Gems\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese crystals are a craft material made for decorating garments, shoes and accessories, and they are widely used as nail rhinestones. They are not a nail-brand product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are in each bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag is a mix from SS4 to SS20, roughly 1.5 to 4.8 mm. The size guide in the gallery shows all seven sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I attach them to my nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlace them into a thin layer of uncured gel or non-wipe top coat, then cure and seal the edges. Rhinestone glue also works for a quick placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I pick my own colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePacks are set trios, sixes and nines so the colors work together. The colored crystal packs on our store offer more shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many crystals are in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag is marked 1440 pcs, in mixed sizes, so a single set of nails uses a small share of it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Sparkle Trio: Crystal, Crystal AB, Moonlight (3 bags)","offer_id":67616001654839,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHN-SPARKLE","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Noir Trio: Jet, Black Diamond, Hematite (3 bags)","offer_id":67616001687607,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHN-NOIR","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold Glam Trio: Rose Gold, Aurum, Golden Shadow (3 bags)","offer_id":67616001720375,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHN-GOLD","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Everyday Six: Crystal, Crystal AB, Jet, Rose Gold, Aurum, Moonlight (6 bags)","offer_id":67616001753143,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHN-SIX","price":30.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Nine: all nine colors (9 bags)","offer_id":67616001785911,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHN-NINE","price":46.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/p1_studio_nine.jpg?v=1791890322"},{"product_id":"clear-nail-stamper-and-scraper-sets","title":"Clear Nail Stamper and Scraper Sets, Duo, Trio or Single","description":"\u003cp\u003eA stamper is the tool that turns a flat engraved plate into a design on your nail, and the head matters: it has to pick up the whole pattern in one touch and release it cleanly. These sets pair a clear silicone-head stamper with a frosted scraper card, so you can see exactly where the pattern sits before you press it down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery set is a complete stamping pair: the stamper, the scraper card that wipes excess polish off the plate, and a clear cap for the head. You choose the look of the handle: smoky gray, clear lilac or a magenta metal ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStamping plates and stamping polish are not included; they are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStamper Duo: the smoky gray and the clear lilac stamper, each with its own scraper card and cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStamper Trio: smoky gray, clear lilac and magenta metal ring, three stampers with three scraper cards and three caps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle sets: one stamper, one scraper card and one cap in the color you pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThe three stampers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmoky gray: an hourglass body that is easy to hold, with a clear silicone head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear lilac: a short body with a 33 mm head and a scraper card of about 81 x 52 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagenta metal ring: a short body with a 33 mm head and a metal-colored ring around it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to stamp a design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint your nails with base color and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut stamping polish onto the pattern you want on the plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the scraper card across the plate once, in one quick motion, to remove the excess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the stamper onto the pattern to pick it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll the stamper onto the nail to transfer the design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal the finished nail with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStamping polish dries fast, so work one nail at a time and scrape and stamp straight away. Wipe the head and the scraper card clean between designs so each print stays sharp. The scraper card in each set is a plain frosted card, and the cap protects the head from dust when you store it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-art-stickers-storage-book\"\u003eNail Art Sticker \u0026amp; Stamping Plate Storage Book\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice\"\u003eNail Display Sticks for Gel Swatches \u0026amp; Practice\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a scraper included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Every set includes a scraper card for each stamper, so you can scrape the plate before you pick up the design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these include stamping plates or polish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are the stamping tools only. Pair them with stamping plates and a stamping polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe duo is a good start: two different handle shapes to try. The trio gives you every stamper in the range, and single sets are right if you already know the one you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big is the stamper head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe clear lilac and the magenta metal ring stamper show a 33 mm head. The smoky gray head size is not stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I clean the head?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a lint-free pad between prints. A clean head picks up the whole pattern more evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Stamper Duo: Smoky Gray + Clear Lilac (2 stampers, 2 scrapers)","offer_id":67616001818679,"sku":"NC-STAMP-STAMPER-DUO","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stamper Trio: Smoky Gray, Clear Lilac, Magenta (3 stampers, 3 scrapers)","offer_id":67616001851447,"sku":"NC-STAMP-STAMPER-TRIO","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smoky Gray Stamper and Scraper (1 set)","offer_id":67616001884215,"sku":"NC-STAMP-STAMPER-SMOKY","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Clear Lilac Stamper and Scraper (1 set)","offer_id":67616001916983,"sku":"NC-STAMP-STAMPER-LILAC","price":11.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magenta Metal Ring Stamper and Scraper (1 set)","offer_id":67616001949751,"sku":"NC-STAMP-STAMPER-MAGENTA","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/clear-nail-stamper-and-scraper-trio.jpg?v=1791890347"},{"product_id":"lint-free-nail-wipes-with-pump-bottle-packs","title":"Lint-Free Nail Wipes with Pump Bottle, Packs of 400 to 1800","description":"\u003cp\u003eCleanup is the unglamorous half of every gel manicure. The sticky layer comes off after curing, the nail plate needs a wipe before base coat, and brush necks and bottle rims collect residue between coats. These pink lint-free nail wipes are made for that job, and the pump bottle packs put a one-hand dispenser right next to them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach square is a soft non-woven pad with a dotted surface, so it picks up product without leaving fluff on a wet nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree layers: two outer cleaning layers and an absorbent inner layer, so one wipe handles both dry and wet jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-woven fabric that stays in one piece and is not meant to crumble or leave flocks behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dotted surface that grips residue and helps keep a pump bottle mouth from clogging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible enough to fold around a fingertip or a brush ferrule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleanser, remover and any other liquid are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday Pack: 600 pink wipes and 1 empty pump dispenser bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Pack: 1200 pink wipes and 2 empty pump dispenser bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalon Pack: 1800 pink wipes and 3 empty pump dispenser bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter Pack: 400 pink wipes, no bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the pump bottle with your own nail cleanser or remover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress a wipe onto the pump head to wet it with one hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the nail plate before base coat, or clear the sticky layer after curing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a fresh corner or a new wipe for brushes, tweezers and bottle necks, then discard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipes are dry and single use. They do not come pre-soaked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep them for smooth surfaces such as nails, tools and bottle necks. Rough surfaces can catch the pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePink is the only wipe color in these packs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/steam-gel-polish-remover-machine\"\u003eSteam Gel Polish Remover Machine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo the wipes leave lint on gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are made from non-woven fabric and designed to be lint-free, so they are a good fit for wiping a wet or sticky gel layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the wipes pre-soaked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are dry pads. Add the liquid you normally use through the pump bottle or a small dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the pump bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product photos show a clear refillable pump bottle with a flip-up lid. Use it for the cleanser or remover you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them for tools and brushes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They work well on tweezers, brush ferrules and bottle mouths, as long as the surface is smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack should I pick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEveryday suits one person doing regular sets. Studio and Salon add more bottles so each station has its own dispenser.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Everyday Pack: 600 wipes + 1 pump bottle","offer_id":67616001982519,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-WIPES-600B","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Pack: 1200 wipes + 2 pump bottles","offer_id":67616002015287,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-WIPES-1200B","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Salon Pack: 1800 wipes + 3 pump bottles","offer_id":67616002048055,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-WIPES-1800B","price":38.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Pack: 400 wipes","offer_id":67616002080823,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-WIPES-400","price":10.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/lint-free-hero.jpg?v=1791890350"},{"product_id":"colored-mixed-size-crystal-rhinestone-packs","title":"Colored Mixed-Size Crystal Rhinestones for Nails, Color \u0026 Flare Packs","description":"\u003cp\u003eColor is where rhinestone nails get personal: a single blue stone on a nude nail, a gradient of reds climbing from the cuticle, a green cluster over a matte base. These mixed-size crystal packs let you do all of that without buying a dozen tiny pots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds one color in mixed sizes from SS4 to SS20, about 1.5 to 4.8 mm across, with a gold-toned flat back. Choose a trio built around a mood, go for the rainbow six or nine, or start with a single mixed-color bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag is marked 1440 pcs. Gel, top coat, glue and a pick-up tool are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOcean Trio: three bags of Aquamarine, Capri Blue and Light Sapphire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSunset Trio: three bags of Siam (red), Hyacinth (orange) and Topaz (amber).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForest Trio: three bags of Emerald, Peridot and Olivine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrism Flare Trio: three bags of Blue Flare, Green Flare and Vitrail Medium, crystals that show several colors in one stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainbow Six: six bags of Siam, Hyacinth, Citrine, Emerald, Capri Blue and Tanzanite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainbow Nine: nine bags, the Ocean, Sunset and Forest trios together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix Bag: one bag of assorted colors, sizes and flares.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: the Mix Bag or a single trio is a low-risk way to learn placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: pair the Sunset Trio with a nude base or the Ocean Trio with a milky white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Rainbow Nine covers seasonal color requests and custom gradients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to set them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure your color gel, then apply a thin layer of gel or non-wipe top coat where the crystal will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a crystal up with a wax pencil or tweezers and place it flat side down into the uncured layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress lightly and build the cluster, mixing two or three sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure, then seal around the stones with top coat and cure again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese crystals were made for craft, fashion and accessory decoration, and nail artists use them as flatback gems. They are a craft material, not a nail-brand product. The bag or label may mention garments, shoes or phone cases; the crystals are the same and work exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat back is gold-toned and non-hotfix, so the crystals are set in gel or glue. Flare colors show different shades depending on the light and the angle, and colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag. The mix of sizes in a bag can vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-display-board-mixing-palette\"\u003eResin Stone Nail Display \u0026amp; Mixing Palette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese crystals are a craft material made for decorating garments, shoes and accessories, and they are widely used as nail rhinestones. They are not a nail-brand product, and the bag or label may mention those crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does flare mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlare crystals show several colors in one stone, such as pink, gold and green together, and the look shifts with the light. The photos in the gallery show each flare color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are the stones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag mixes sizes from SS4 to SS20, roughly 1.5 to 4.8 mm across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack should I choose first?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ocean, Sunset and Forest trios are easy starting points. The Mix Bag is the lowest-commitment way to try several colors at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these work with gel and glue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Set them into uncured gel or top coat and cure, or use rhinestone glue for quick placement, then seal the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Ocean Trio: Aquamarine, Capri Blue, Light Sapphire (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002113591,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-OCEAN","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Trio: Siam, Hyacinth, Topaz (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002146359,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-SUNSET","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forest Trio: Emerald, Peridot, Olivine (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002179127,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-FOREST","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Prism Flare Trio: Blue Flare, Green Flare, Vitrail Medium (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002211895,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-PRISM","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rainbow Six: Siam, Hyacinth, Citrine, Emerald, Capri Blue, Tanzanite (6 bags)","offer_id":67616002244663,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-SIX","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rainbow Nine: Ocean, Sunset and Forest trios (9 bags)","offer_id":67616002277431,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-NINE","price":46.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mix Bag: assorted colors (1 bag)","offer_id":67616002310199,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-RHC-MIX","price":11.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/p2_rainbow_nine.jpg?v=1791890356"},{"product_id":"nail-stamping-polish-color-sets","title":"Nail Stamping Polish, 10 ml Bottles in Quartets or a 12-Color Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eStamping polish is made for one job: to fill the engraving of a stamping plate and print a crisp design on your nail. It is thicker and more pigmented than ordinary polish, so a single pass over the plate gives a solid line rather than a see-through one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis range comes in 10 ml bottles (0.34 fl oz) and in sets that make sense on a nail desk: a core quartet of black, white, silver and gold, a quartet of brights, a quartet of berries and blues, and the full twelve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStamping plates, a stamper and scraper, base color and top coat are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEssentials Quartet: black, white, silver and gold, four bottles. Black on a light base, white on a dark base, and two metallics for accents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrights Quartet: red, orange, yellow and green, four bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBerry and Blue Quartet: blue, purple, magenta and pink, four bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Twelve: all twelve colors above in one set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle bottles of black or white, for when you only need to restock your most-used color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a stamping polish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular polish tends to run into the engraving and pull away from the plate before you pick it up. A stamping polish is built to sit in the lines and transfer in one touch. The polish air-dries and does not need a lamp to dry, which keeps the process fast: you have only a few seconds to scrape, pick up and print.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to stamp with it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply base color to your nails and let it dry fully.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush stamping polish onto the pattern you want on the plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrape the plate in one quick pass with a scraper card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress a stamper onto the pattern to lift it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll the stamper onto the nail to transfer the design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish with top coat to protect the print.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork one nail at a time, because the polish dries quickly on the plate. Wipe the plate and scraper clean after each use. Colors on screen can differ a little from the bottle, and each stamped design in the photos was printed on a white or black base to show the color at its clearest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-art-stickers-storage-book\"\u003eNail Art Sticker \u0026amp; Stamping Plate Storage Book\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice\"\u003eNail Display Sticks for Gel Swatches \u0026amp; Practice\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a lamp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo lamp is needed to dry the polish itself. If your base color is gel, cure it as you normally would before you stamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a base and top coat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stamp over a dry base color and seal the finished design with top coat so the print lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set is best to start?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Essentials Quartet: black covers light bases, white covers dark bases, and silver and gold give you metallic accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work on any plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStamping polish is made for engraved metal plates. You will also need a stamper and a scraper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bottles are in a set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach quartet holds four 10 ml bottles, Studio Twelve holds twelve, and single bottles are one 10 ml bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Essentials Quartet: Black, White, Silver, Gold (4 bottles)","offer_id":67616002342967,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-ESS","price":28.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brights Quartet: Red, Orange, Yellow, Green (4 bottles)","offer_id":67616002375735,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-BRI","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Berry and Blue Quartet: Blue, Purple, Magenta, Pink (4 bottles)","offer_id":67616002408503,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-BER","price":28.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Twelve: all 12 colors (12 bottles)","offer_id":67616002441271,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-12","price":82.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Stamping Polish (1 bottle)","offer_id":67616002474039,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-BLACK","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Stamping Polish (1 bottle)","offer_id":67616002506807,"sku":"NC-STAMP-POLISH-WHITE","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nail-stamping-polish-color-set-ess.jpg?v=1791890377"},{"product_id":"holographic-nail-glitter-powder-trios-six-and-twelve","title":"Holographic Nail Glitter Powder, 5 g Bags in Trios, Six or Twelve","description":"\u003cp\u003eHolographic glitter is the fastest way to give a manicure a rainbow flash that moves when your hand does. This powder is cut ultra fine, 0.2 mm, so it lies flat in gel and gives a smooth, sugar-like shimmer rather than chunky flecks. Use it over a color, mixed through a clear gel for a custom glitter polish, or brushed onto a tacky top coat for a full-coverage finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack is built around a mood, so you get shades that work together: silver and gold basics, soft pastels or bright pops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 5 g of PET glitter powder. Gel, top coat and brushes are not included. Shade names are ours, taken from the bags in the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolo Basics Trio: three bags in Silver, Champagne and Gold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePastel Trio: three bags in Periwinkle, Orchid and Ice Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrights Trio: three bags in Hot Pink, Apple Green and Red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainbow Six: six bags in Silver, Gold, Periwinkle, Orchid, Hot Pink and Apple Green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Twelve: twelve bags, the three trios plus Lime, Black and Yellow shades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: dust a Basics bag over a tacky top coat with a sponge tip for an instant effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: mix a pinch of Pastel into clear gel to make a custom glitter color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: Studio Twelve gives a full palette for ombres, French tips and client requests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply and cure your color, then add a thin layer of non-wipe top coat or clear gel and leave it uncured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a little powder with a silicone tool, sponge applicator or soft brush and press it onto the tacky layer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush away the loose excess and cure the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with a coat of top coat and cure again for a smooth finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHolographic glitter looks strongest in direct light and changes color with the angle, so the bag can look different from the nail. Fine glitter spreads easily: work over a tray or paper and keep the bag zipped. Colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/metallic-chrome-nail-powder-set-23-colours\"\u003eMetallic Chrome Nail Powder Set, 23 Mirror Colors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-display-board-mixing-palette\"\u003eResin Stone Nail Display \u0026amp; Mixing Palette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow fine is the glitter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe size is 0.2 mm, a very fine powder. It sits flat in gel and top coat for a smooth finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much is in each bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds about 5 g of glitter powder, enough for many sets because a little goes a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix it into gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stir a small amount into clear gel or a sheer color gel to make your own glitter shade, then cure as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it look the same as the photos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHolographic glitter reflects light, so the rainbow flash moves with the angle. The bag shades in the photos are the best guide to color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose individual bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePacks are curated sets so the shades work together. The Studio Twelve gives you every shade we offer in this range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Holo Basics Trio: Silver, Champagne, Gold (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002539575,"sku":"NC-EFFECTS-HOLO-BASIC","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pastel Trio: Periwinkle, Orchid, Ice Blue (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002572343,"sku":"NC-EFFECTS-HOLO-PASTEL","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brights Trio: Hot Pink, Apple Green, Red (3 bags)","offer_id":67616002605111,"sku":"NC-EFFECTS-HOLO-BRIGHT","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rainbow Six: Silver, Gold, Periwinkle, Orchid, Hot Pink, Apple Green (6 bags)","offer_id":67616002637879,"sku":"NC-EFFECTS-HOLO-SIX","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Twelve: all twelve shades (12 bags)","offer_id":67616002670647,"sku":"NC-EFFECTS-HOLO-TWELVE","price":36.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/p3_g2.jpg?v=1791890388"},{"product_id":"nail-stamping-plates-floral-marble-and-animal-sets","title":"Nail Stamping Plates, Floral, Marble and Animal Sets of 2, 3 or 8","description":"\u003cp\u003eA stamping plate is a small engraved steel sheet: you fill the pattern with stamping polish, scrape it flat and lift it with a stamper to print it on the nail. One plate holds dozens of designs, which is why a few well chosen plates go a long way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese plates are about 12 x 6 cm (4.7 x 2.4 in), made of stainless steel, and each one is engraved with a full page of images. The sets are built around a style so the designs on the nail work together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stamper, a scraper and stamping polish are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBotanical Trio: a plate of flower and leaf icons with large floral textures, a plate of wildflowers and butterflies, and a plate of mandala and lace shapes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble and Reptile Duo: a plate of marble and liquid swirl textures, and a plate of snake eyes, scales, animal print and skin textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCats and Critters Duo: a plate of cats, paws and butterflies, and a plate of cats, snakes, skulls and eyes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Eight: all seven plates above plus the ornate alphabet plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle plates: the ornate alphabet plate or the mandala plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing your plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: start with the Botanical Trio. Florals and mandalas look good even if the print is a little off-center.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: add the Marble and Reptile Duo for texture work that fills a whole nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: the Studio Eight covers most requests, from lettering to animal print.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use a plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint your nails with base color and let it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush stamping polish over the pattern you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrape the plate in one quick pass with a scraper card.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the stamper onto the pattern and lift it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll the stamper onto the nail, then seal with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrape once, in one direction, rather than back and forth. Wipe the plate with a lint-free pad and nail polish remover after each session so the engraving stays clear. The photos show the plates as they are engraved; patterns print in the polish color you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-art-stickers-storage-book\"\u003eNail Art Sticker \u0026amp; Stamping Plate Storage Book\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice\"\u003eNail Display Sticks for Gel Swatches \u0026amp; Practice\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these plates only for stamping polish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are designed for stamping polish and a stamper. Stamping polish is thick enough to sit in the engraving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big is each plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout 12 x 6 cm (4.7 x 2.4 in).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the plates made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre a stamper and scraper included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Pair the plates with a stamper and scraper set and a stamping polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose individual plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sets are set combinations. The ornate alphabet and the mandala plate are also available as single plates.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Botanical Trio: florals, wildflowers, mandalas (3 plates)","offer_id":67616003162167,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-BOT","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Marble and Reptile Duo (2 plates)","offer_id":67616003194935,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-MAR","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cats and Critters Duo (2 plates)","offer_id":67616003227703,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-CAT","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Eight: every design in the range (8 plates)","offer_id":67616003260471,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-8","price":38.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ornate Alphabet Plate (1 plate)","offer_id":67616003293239,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-ALPHA","price":10.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mandala Plate (1 plate)","offer_id":67616003326007,"sku":"NC-STAMP-PLATES-MANDALA","price":10.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nail-stamping-plates-floral-ma-bot.jpg?v=1791890407"},{"product_id":"orange-wood-cuticle-sticks-packs-of-100-to-400","title":"Orange Wood Cuticle Sticks, Packs of 100, 200 or 400","description":"\u003cp\u003eOrange wood sticks are the quiet workhorse of the manicure table. They push back cuticles, lift loosened gel after a soak, clean the corners of the nail and, with a fine point, place a gem or draw a detail. These sticks come in bulk, so every set or every client can have a fresh one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the 11.5 cm length for most jobs or the 15 cm length for a longer reach, and choose the pack size that matches how often you do nails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth wood with tapered ends, a light-handed alternative to a metal pusher.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisposable by design, so you can use a new stick instead of cleaning an old one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine point for lifting a gem, cleaning a sidewall or drawing a small detail on a nail or practice tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk packs keep the cost per stick low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePacks and lengths\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pack is available in 11.5 cm or 15 cm. The photos show the full range of lengths side by side, from 7.5 cm to 17.5 cm. This page sells the 11.5 cm and 15 cm lengths only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 200 sticks: the everyday choice for a busy home kit or a small studio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 400 sticks: the lowest cost per stick, for studios and classes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 100 sticks: a first order or a spare box for the travel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter the gel has lifted, ease it away from the cuticle with the angled end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the tip along the sidewalls to clear loose product and dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the fine point to pick up and place a gem or to tidy a line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrow the stick away after use, or keep it for your own set only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden sticks are natural, so small differences in shade and grain are normal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemover and gel are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback\"\u003eNail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are orange wood sticks used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey push back cuticles, clean under and around the nail, lift loosened gel after soaking and place small decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich length should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e11.5 cm is the standard length for most hands. 15 cm gives more reach and a firmer grip, which some nail artists prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre they single use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are inexpensive enough to be used once per set, which keeps things tidy. For your own set you can reuse one until the tip wears down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they splinter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are smooth wood, but any wooden stick can wear or split with heavy pressure. Replace a stick as soon as the tip looks rough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I mix lengths in one order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach variant is a single length. Add two variants to your cart if you want both.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Pack of 200 sticks \/ 11.5 cm","offer_id":67616003358775,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-200-115","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 200 sticks \/ 15 cm","offer_id":67616003391543,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-200-15","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 400 sticks \/ 11.5 cm","offer_id":67616003424311,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-400-115","price":28.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 400 sticks \/ 15 cm","offer_id":67616003457079,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-400-15","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 100 sticks \/ 11.5 cm","offer_id":67616003489847,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-100-115","price":11.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pack of 100 sticks \/ 15 cm","offer_id":67616003522615,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-STICKS-100-15","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/orange-wood-hero.jpg?v=1791890410"},{"product_id":"clip-on-led-magnifier-lamp-5x-10x","title":"Clip-On LED Magnifier Lamp, 5X or 10X, 3 Light Colors, USB","description":"\u003cp\u003eFine nail art is decided by small things: a clean line along the cuticle, a rhinestone set straight, a dot of gel placed exactly where you meant it. A magnifier lamp lets you see all of that at once, with steady light and both hands free to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis clip-on lamp pairs a real glass magnifying lens with a ring of LEDs on a flexible metal arm. Clamp it to the edge of your nail desk, bend the arm over your hand and the work comes into focus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for crafts, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis lamp was designed for reading, sewing, embroidery, hobby work and electronics bench tasks, and it works just as well at a nail desk, where the same close, steady light is needed. It is a craft and precision tool, not a nail-brand product. The packaging or instructions may mention those other uses; the lamp is the same and works exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your magnification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5X, 28 LED: a 2.28 in \/ 5.8 cm glass lens inside a 3.7 in \/ 9.4 cm ring. A compact, everyday size that leaves plenty of room around the lens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10X, 56 LED: a 3.27 in \/ 8.3 cm glass lens inside a 4.72 in \/ 12 cm ring. A larger view at higher power, with twice the LEDs, for the finest detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree light colors: white, white with warm, and warm, so you can match the light to the room or to the gel color you are checking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTen brightness levels, adjusted from 10 percent up to full power with the buttons on the cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA flexible metal gooseneck: the arm turns 360 degrees and the lens can be tilted up and down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA sturdy alloy clip that grips table edges, bed boards or window sills between 1 and 3 cm thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA USB cable, so it can run from a computer port, a power bank or a USB adapter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to set it up at a nail desk\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip the base to the edge of your desk on the side of your non-dominant hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBend the arm so the ring sits above and slightly in front of the nail you are working on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose the light color, then set the brightness before you start applying gel or polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the lens until the nail is sharp, and rest your wrist on a pad to keep your hand still.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnifiers narrow your field of view, so use the lamp for placement and detail and step back to check the whole hand. The lamp does not cure gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/precision-hand-stabilizer-for-nail-art\"\u003eNail Art Hand Stabilizer, 360 Rotating Rest\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5pcs-ultra-fine-nail-art-liner-brushes\"\u003eUltra-Fine Liner Brush Set, 5 Brushes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a general-purpose craft and close-work lamp that nail artists use at the desk. It is not a nail-brand product, and the packaging may mention other crafts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich magnification should I pick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5X is a handy all-round choice for line work and gem placement. Pick the 10X if you want a bigger lens and a closer view for very small detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my desk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe clip opens for surfaces between 1 and 3 cm thick, such as desk edges, shelves and bed boards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I change the light color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. There are three color modes and ten brightness levels, all controlled with the buttons on the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo batteries are shown. The lamp is powered through its USB cable.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"5X, 28 LED","offer_id":67616003555383,"sku":"NC-PRACTICE-LAMP-5X","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10X, 56 LED","offer_id":67616003588151,"sku":"NC-PRACTICE-LAMP-10X","price":54.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/clip-on-led-magnifier-lamp-5x-__01-both-lamps.jpg?v=1791890411"},{"product_id":"teardrop-crystal-nail-gems-5-x-8-mm-packs","title":"Teardrop Crystal Nail Gems, 5.5 x 8 mm Flatback, Packs of 3, 6 or 9","description":"\u003cp\u003eTeardrop gems are the shape that makes a manicure look designed: a single stone pointing up from the cuticle, a row along a French line, a cluster that reads like petals. These faceted glass teardrops are about 5.5 x 8 mm with a flat back, large enough to be seen from across a table and small enough to sit on a short nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds 100 pieces of one color. Packs are built as trios, a rainbow six and a nine-bag studio set, so you get colors that work together instead of guessing from a 40-color chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds 100 gems of one color. Gel, top coat, glue and a pick-up tool are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePastel Trio: three bags of Pink, Light Blue and Light Green.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJewel Trio: three bags of Dark Blue, Dark Green and Siam Red.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAB Sparkle Trio: three bags of AB, Aurora and Champagne AB, clear gems with a rainbow surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRainbow Six: six bags, the Pastel and Jewel trios together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Nine: nine bags, the Pastel, Jewel and AB trios together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: teardrops are easy to place because the point shows you which way they face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: build flower and petal shapes by arranging teardrops around a round center stone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: a nine-color studio set covers most client color requests for statement nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to set them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure your color gel and apply a small dot of gel or rhinestone glue where the gem will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick up a teardrop with a wax pencil or tweezers and place it flat side down with the point toward the cuticle or the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress gently, then cure if you used gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal the edges with a thin line of top coat, avoiding the top of the gem so the facets keep their shine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are decorative gems for nails and craft work. Colors on screen can differ slightly from the bag, and AB finishes show different colors with the light. Some photos in the gallery show gems on display tips; the tips are not included. Gems have a flat back and are meant to be glued or set in gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-rhinestones-2400-pieces-1-5-4-mm-flatback\"\u003eNail Rhinestones, 2400 Pieces, 1.5-4 mm Flatback Glass Gems\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are the gems?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe size is about 5.5 x 8 mm, a teardrop shape with a flat back. On a short nail one gem is a statement stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gems come in each bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bag holds 100 pieces of one color, so a trio gives you 300 gems and the Studio Nine gives you 900.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the gems made of glass?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, they are faceted glass with a flat back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is AB?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAB stands for aurora borealis, a coating that gives clear gems a rainbow sheen that changes with the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I make them stay on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet them in gel or rhinestone glue, press gently and seal around the edges with top coat. Avoid snagging them on fabric in the first day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Pastel Trio: Pink, Light Blue, Light Green (3 x 100 pcs)","offer_id":67616003620919,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-TEAR-PASTEL","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jewel Trio: Dark Blue, Dark Green, Siam Red (3 x 100 pcs)","offer_id":67616003653687,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-TEAR-JEWEL","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"AB Sparkle Trio: AB, Aurora, Champagne AB (3 x 100 pcs)","offer_id":67616003686455,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-TEAR-AB","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rainbow Six: Pink, Light Blue, Light Green, Dark Blue, Dark Green, Siam Red (6 x 100 pcs)","offer_id":67616003719223,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-TEAR-SIX","price":33.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Nine: Pastel, Jewel and AB trios (9 x 100 pcs)","offer_id":67616003751991,"sku":"NC-CHARMS-TEAR-NINE","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/p4_g4.jpg?v=1791890417"},{"product_id":"pump-dispenser-bottles-100-ml-for-nail-prep-liquids","title":"Pump Dispenser Bottles, 100 ml, Packs of 2, 3 or 4","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn open jar of remover on the desk is a spill waiting to happen and a lot of wasted liquid. A press pump bottle fixes both: press a wipe onto the head and you get a small, controlled amount, one-handed, every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese clear 100 ml pump dispenser bottles have a flip-up lid over the pump, so the pump head stays covered between uses. They are sold empty and in packs, so each liquid can have its own labelled bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne-handed dispensing: press the wipe or pad down and release, with the other hand free to hold the finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear body, so you can see how much liquid is left at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlip-up lid covers the pump head between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact: about 10.5 cm tall and 5 cm wide, small enough for a drawer or a travel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefillable, so the same bottle keeps working as you buy larger bottles of liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery bottle has a clear body, a pump with a dip tube and a flip lid. Liquids are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuo: 2 empty 100 ml pump dispenser bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrio: 3 empty 100 ml pump dispenser bottles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-pack: 4 empty 100 ml pump dispenser bottles, the lowest cost per bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the pump head from the bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePour in the cleanser, remover or prep liquid you normally use, leaving a little room below the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew the pump back on and press it a few times to bring the liquid up the tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the lid, press a lint-free wipe onto the pump head and release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLabel each bottle. Several clear bottles of similar liquids are easy to mix up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the bottles for the cleanser, remover and prep products you already own. Check your product label for container guidance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pump head is not a travel seal, so keep bottles upright when carrying them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/steam-gel-polish-remover-machine\"\u003eSteam Gel Polish Remover Machine\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the bottles sold empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They are empty refillable bottles. You add your own remover, cleanser or prep liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bottle holds 100 ml and is about 10.5 cm tall and 5 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lid lock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid is a flip-up cover over the pump head. It closes over the pump to keep the head clean, and it is not a locking travel seal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use one for different liquids over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but rinse and dry the bottle and pump first so liquids do not mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack is best value?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Four-pack has the lowest cost per bottle. The Duo suits one nail table with a remover bottle and a cleanser bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Duo: 2 pump bottles (100 ml)","offer_id":67616003784759,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUMP-2","price":18.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Trio: 3 pump bottles (100 ml)","offer_id":67616003817527,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUMP-3","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Four-pack: 4 pump bottles (100 ml)","offer_id":67616003850295,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUMP-4","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/pump-dispenser-size.jpg?v=1791890433"},{"product_id":"nail-dust-brush-sets-trio-six-or-ten","title":"Nail Dust Brush Sets, Trio, Six or Ten Soft Powder Brushes","description":"\u003cp\u003eFiling, buffing and shaping throw fine dust over your nails, your hands and your desk. A big, soft dust brush sweeps it away in a few strokes before you apply base, builder or color, so nothing gets trapped under the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese brushes have a wide, fluffy head on a slim teardrop handle, and they come in packs of three, six or ten so you can keep one at every station or give each client their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for makeup, loved by nail artists\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis style of brush was designed as a powder and blush brush for makeup, and nail artists use it as a dust brush because the wide, soft head moves a lot of dust gently. It is a brush, not a nail-brand product, and the photos may show makeup use. The brush is the same and works exactly as described here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold Trio: three brushes in black and blush, cherry red and midnight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft Trio: three brushes in soft pink, peach blush and pearl opal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Six: both trios together, six brushes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalon Ten: ten brushes: the six above plus chrome silver, woodgrain with cream bristles, copper with peach bristles and a teal rainbow gradient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: one soft brush by the lamp is the easiest habit for cleaner prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: keep a pastel brush for light colors and a dark one for dust-heavy filing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: a set of ten lets you rotate brushes between clients and between stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter filing or buffing, hold the brush flat and sweep from the cuticle toward the tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush the sides and the free edge, then the hand and the desk surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTap the head on a towel or a bin to shake the dust loose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the nail under good light and repeat before applying your base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach brush has a long handle and a wide head. Bristle colors are as shown in the photos and may vary a little between screens. Keep the brushes dry and store them head up so the bristles keep their shape. Use a separate brush for each client.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-nail-art-brush-set\"\u003eSilicone Nail Art Brush Set, 5 Shaped Tips\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rose-nail-art-brushes-set\"\u003eRose Gold Nail Art Brush Set, 3 Sizes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this made for nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a makeup-style powder brush that is widely used as a nail dust brush. It is not a nail-brand product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow soft are the bristles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are soft, fluffy fibers on a wide round head, meant for sweeping dust rather than scrubbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose my own colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are curated so the colors work together. The Salon Ten includes every color we offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTap out the dust after each use and wash the head gently with mild soap now and then. Let it dry flat or head down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I start with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA trio covers a home desk. Choose the six or ten if you work with others or want a brush for each station.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Bold Trio: black \u0026 blush, cherry red, midnight (3 brushes)","offer_id":67616003883063,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DUST-BOLD3","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Soft Trio: soft pink, peach blush, pearl opal (3 brushes)","offer_id":67616003915831,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DUST-SOFT3","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Six: both trios (6 brushes)","offer_id":67616003948599,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DUST-SIX","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Salon Ten: ten colors (10 brushes)","offer_id":67616003981367,"sku":"NC-BRUSH-DUST-TEN","price":48.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nail-dust-brush-sets-trio-six-__01-bold-trio.jpg?v=1791890436"},{"product_id":"double-sided-adhesive-tabs-for-nail-tip-display-stands","title":"Double-Sided Adhesive Tabs for Nail Tip Display Stands, 600 to 1,800","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhen you photograph a set, show a client a design or practice a look, you need the nail to stay put on a stand. These small double-sided adhesive tabs do that job: stick one on the stand, press a nail tip on top, and the tip holds still while you work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach sheet carries 100 white oval tabs, so a pack lasts a long time, and the tabs peel off cleanly when you are done.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach sheet is about 11.5 x 15.5 cm (4.5 x 6.1 in) and each tab about 0.8 x 1.3 cm (0.3 x 0.5 in). Display stands and nail tips are not included; the photos show a magnetic stand for context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e600 Tabs: 6 sheets of 100, a good first pack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1,200 Tabs: 12 sheets, for a busy station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1,800 Tabs: 18 sheets, for teaching, classes and product photography.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy tabs help\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoose tips roll, slide and tilt, which makes photos uneven and swatches hard to compare. A tab fixes the tip at the same angle every time, so a row of nails on a stand looks consistent and a client sees each design clearly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere they are useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay stands: hold finished tips upright for photos and for client choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwatch work: keep a tip steady while you paint and compare designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractice: hold tips to a surface while you test a design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall crafts: they also hold photos, paper, cards, glitter and tiny decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeel a tab off the sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStick it on the stand where the nail tip will sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the nail tip firmly onto the tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo remove, lift the tip with tweezers and peel the tab off the stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are for display and practice, not for wearing nails on fingers. Keep unused sheets flat and closed. The adhesive is strong and leaves no messy residue when removed, but test on a small area of delicate surfaces first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/clear-nail-display-sticks-for-swatches-and-practice\"\u003eNail Display Sticks for Gel Swatches \u0026amp; Practice\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-display-board-mixing-palette\"\u003eNail Display Board and Mixing Palette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these for wearing press-on nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are made for holding tips on display stands and surfaces, not for wear on the nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many tabs are on a sheet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e100 tabs per sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a display stand included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The photos show a stand for context; tabs are sold alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they leave residue?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are made to peel off without leaving a messy residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e600 tabs is a good start for one person; 1,800 suits a classroom or a photo studio.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"600 Tabs (6 sheets)","offer_id":67616004112439,"sku":"NC-GLUE-DISPLAY-600","price":11.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,200 Tabs (12 sheets)","offer_id":67616004145207,"sku":"NC-GLUE-DISPLAY-1200","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,800 Tabs (18 sheets)","offer_id":67616004177975,"sku":"NC-GLUE-DISPLAY-1800","price":22.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/double-sided-adhesive-tabs-for-sheet.jpg?v=1791890445"},{"product_id":"steel-cuticle-pusher-and-gel-scraper-sets","title":"Stainless Steel Cuticle Pusher and Gel Scraper, Sets of 2, 3 or 6","description":"\u003cp\u003eOne slim steel tool, two jobs. This double-ended cuticle pusher has a small ring scraper at one end and an angled, flat blade at the other, so you can move from lifting loosened gel to pushing back the cuticle without switching tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe knurled grip sits between the two ends for control, and the stainless steel body wipes clean between uses, which suits both a home kit and a busy table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo ends in one: a ring scraper for edges, corners and loose product, and an angled blade for pushing the cuticle back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body that does not soak up liquid, so it wipes down quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnurled grip for a secure hold while you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong and slim at 14 cm, with a 0.4 cm ring end and a 0.5 cm blade end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose your set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery tool is the same silver, double-ended design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrio: 3 tools, one for each hand position or one per station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix: 6 tools, the lowest cost per tool for studios and classes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuo: 2 tools, one for you and a spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter the gel has been softened by your remover, slide the angled blade under the loosened edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the ring end to follow the sidewalls and clear remaining bits from the corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the cuticle back in gentle strokes with the flat of the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the tool with a lint-free wipe and a little cleanser when you finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse light pressure. The edges are meant for pushing and scraping, not for cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a replacement for nippers when trimming hangnails or cutting cuticle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe photos show the tool being used on a fingernail. Technique matters more than force.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/soft-hand-rest-cushion-for-manicures\"\u003eManicure Hand Rest Cushion\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the two ends for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ring end scrapes edges and corners and lifts loose product. The angled blade end pushes cuticles back and gets under softened gel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on gel polish?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, after the gel has been softened with a remover. Use it to ease the gel away, not to dig it off a dry nail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it sharp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ends are shaped for pushing and scraping rather than cutting, but they are metal. Use light pressure and short strokes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a lint-free wipe and a little cleanser after each use and let it dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single user usually needs one tool and a spare, so the Duo or Trio is enough. Studios and classes get the best cost per tool from the Six.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Trio: 3 tools","offer_id":67616004210743,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUSHER-3","price":19.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Six: 6 tools","offer_id":67616004243511,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUSHER-6","price":28.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Duo: 2 tools","offer_id":67616004276279,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-PUSHER-2","price":14.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/steel-cuticle-hero.jpg?v=1791890456"},{"product_id":"4-way-nail-buffer-blocks-10-or-20-pack","title":"4-Way Nail Buffer Blocks, Pack of 10 or 20, White or Pink","description":"\u003cp\u003eA buffer block is the most used tool on a manicure table: it smooths the nail surface before polish, rounds a sharp edge after filing and brings up a soft shine on bare nails. These sponge blocks have four working sides, so one block does the job of several files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are sold in packs of ten and twenty, which is the way they are used: one fresh block per client, per practice session or per friend, and a spare for your travel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll blocks in a pack are the same color. Nail polish, files and the rest of your tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Blocks: ten four-way sponge buffer blocks, in white or pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 Blocks: twenty blocks in the same color, for the best cost per block.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the four sides do\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blocks sit in the medium-coarse range, so start gently and work with light, even strokes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile the free edge of the nail and round off sharp corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth ridges and uneven areas on the nail surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoften the surface before base coat or builder gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBring up a gentle shine on bare natural nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use a block\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart with clean, dry nails and push back the cuticles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the block flat and glide it across the nail in one direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove to a finer side to smooth, then to the shiny side to polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush away the dust before applying product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: a forgiving tool that is easy to control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: keep blocks in the desk, the bag and the bathroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: use one per client and keep your station tidy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blocks are washable and work on natural nails and on false nails. Rinse a block and let it dry fully between uses. Buffing too much thins the nail, so keep sessions short and use light pressure. The photos show a white and a pink color; pick one per pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/soft-hand-rest-cushion-for-manicures\"\u003eManicure Hand Rest Cushion\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre all the blocks the same color?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Each variant is a single color, white or pink, so the whole pack matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use them on false nails and gel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They are described for natural and false nails. Use them to smooth the surface before gel or polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I wash them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are washable. Rinse with water and let the block dry fully before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow rough are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey fall into the medium-coarse range, so use light strokes and finish with the finer sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich pack should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen blocks is right for a home kit. Twenty gives the best value for classes, parties or a busy desk.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"10 Blocks \/ White","offer_id":67616004309047,"sku":"NC-CARE-BUFFER-W10","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Blocks \/ Pink","offer_id":67616004341815,"sku":"NC-CARE-BUFFER-P10","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Blocks \/ White","offer_id":67616004374583,"sku":"NC-CARE-BUFFER-W20","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20 Blocks \/ Pink","offer_id":67616004407351,"sku":"NC-CARE-BUFFER-P20","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/4-way-nail-buffer-blocks-10-or__01-white-10.jpg?v=1791890476"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-nail-nipper-clipper-set-7-piece","title":"Heavy-Duty Nail Nipper \u0026 Clipper Set, 7 Pieces, Black Handles","description":"\u003cp\u003eThick nails and tough cuticles are hard on light-duty tools. This set puts seven sturdy stainless steel pieces in one kit: four cutting tools with different jaws, a metal file and two picks, so you can pick the right tool for each nail and each job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery piece has a black grip, and the set is aimed at anyone who wants strong hand and foot nail care tools in one place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo pointed-jaw nippers for cuticles and hangnails, about 10.8 and 12.5 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne plier-style heavy-duty clipper with a wide jaw, about 9.6 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne lever-style clipper with a curved cutting edge, about 9.9 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne metal nail file, about 9.2 cm long.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne curved-tip pick, about 10 cm long, for cleaning along the nail edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne flat-tip scraper, about 13 cm long, with a pointed end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a set helps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifferent jaws for different jobs: fine nippers for small work, wider tools for tough nails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne kit for hands and feet, so nothing goes missing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel parts that are easy to wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use the tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoften the nails with a warm soak and dry them well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut straight across with the clipper that suits the nail, taking small bites.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a nipper on loose cuticle skin or hangnails, one small snip at a time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile the edge smooth, then clean around the nail with the pick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are sharp tools. Work slowly, keep them away from children and stop if you feel pain. Wipe the metal clean and dry after each use and store the pieces together. Do not share tools between people without cleaning them first. Handle color is black on all seven pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silicone-toe-separator\"\u003eSilicone Toe Separators, Pack of 2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeven pieces: two pointed-jaw nippers, a plier-style clipper, a lever-style clipper, a metal file and two picks, one curved and one flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it good for thick nails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wide plier-style jaw and the lever clipper are the larger tools in the set, and they are the ones to reach for on thicker nails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the handles made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grips are black plastic and the working parts are stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I buy single tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set is sold together so every tool is on hand. Choose two sets if you want a kit for each station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal with a clean cloth after use and dry it fully before storing it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"7-Piece Set","offer_id":67616004472887,"sku":"NC-CARE-NIPPER-7","price":24.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2 Sets (14 pieces)","offer_id":67616004505655,"sku":"NC-CARE-NIPPER-7X2","price":38.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/heavy-duty-nail-nipper-clipper__01-set-of-7.jpg?v=1791890478"},{"product_id":"white-sponge-nail-buffer-blocks-packs","title":"White Sponge Nail Buffer Blocks, Packs of 10, 20 or 40","description":"\u003cp\u003eA good manicure starts with a good surface. These white sponge nail buffer blocks are the quick, forgiving way to smooth ridges, soften edges and take the shine off the nail before gel goes on. Each block has a sanded sponge surface on all four long sides, so you can turn it as one side wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are light, washable and cheap enough to be used per client or per set, which is why they are sold in packs of 10, 20 and 40.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you will like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSponge core with a sanded surface: gentle enough to follow the curve of a nail and still firm enough to level small ridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour usable sides per block, so one block lasts through several sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight and pocket-sized at about 9.4 x 2.5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable, so a block can be rinsed between uses by the same person.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks on fingernails and toenails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll blocks are the same white sponge block in the same size. File, remover and polish are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Pack: 20 white buffer blocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalon Pack: 40 white buffer blocks, the lowest cost per block.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarter Pack: 10 white buffer blocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart with clean, dry nails and push the cuticles back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the block flat and buff the nail in light strokes, following its growth direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a corner of the block along the free edge to soften the shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrush off the dust and wipe the nail before applying base coat or polish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a light hand. Buffing too hard or too often thins the nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf several people use the same set, keep one block per person and rinse it between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrit is not stated for these blocks, so think of them as a general-purpose buffer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/stainless-steel-manicure-set-with-case\"\u003eStainless Steel Manicure Set with Case\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/soft-hand-rest-cushion-for-manicures\"\u003eManicure Hand Rest Cushion\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these a file or a buffer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are buffer blocks. The sponge body carries a sanded surface that smooths and shapes, but they are not a replacement for a coarse file on thick enhancements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I wash them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The blocks are described as washable. Rinse, squeeze and let them dry fully before reuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo they work for toenails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They are suitable for fingernails and toenails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy white only?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhite is the only color in these packs, which keeps every block identical and easy to tell when it needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many sets does a pack cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne block has four working sides, so a pack of ten covers many sets at home. Studios usually go through them faster.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Studio Pack: 20 blocks","offer_id":67616004538423,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-BUFFER-20","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Salon Pack: 40 blocks","offer_id":67616004571191,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-BUFFER-40","price":25.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter Pack: 10 blocks","offer_id":67616004603959,"sku":"NC-REMOVAL-BUFFER-10","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/white-sponge-hero.jpg?v=1791890478"},{"product_id":"acrylic-brush-rest-bars-trio-or-six","title":"Acrylic Nail Brush Rest Bars, 5 Grooves, Trio or Set of Six","description":"\u003cp\u003eEvery nail artist knows the moment: a loaded brush has to go down somewhere, and the table is where it picks up lint, rolls away or leaves gel on the desk. A brush rest gives it a home for a few seconds between strokes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese slim acrylic bars are 8 cm long and 1 cm wide, with five rounded grooves along the top. Each groove holds a brush handle, so you can park several brushes and pens at once, and the heads stay clear of the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrushes and pens are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMono Trio: three rests in clear, white and black.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCandy Trio: three rests in pink, rose red and purple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStudio Six: all six colors, one of each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow they help\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep loaded brushes off your desk and away from lint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePark up to five brushes or pens in one place, with the handles sitting in the grooves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePick a color that is easy to see on your table: clear on white, white on black, black on pale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight and small enough for a travel kit or a class bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: a rest bar is a small habit that keeps a desk and a brush clean from the first set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: one bar per station, so gel, color and art brushes each have a place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: color-code the bars by job, for example clear for gel and black for acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to use them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNext to your gel palette, to rest the brush between colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBy your lamp, to hold tools for the next step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn your desk at a class, so each student has their own rest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bars are small acrylic pieces, not a full stand, so they sit flat on the table and the brush handles rest on top. Wipe them clean with a lint-free cloth. Clear and pink pieces can show gel marks more than dark ones, so choose a color that suits your work. If a groove picks up gel, wipe it before it cures and keep the bars away from the lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-display-board-mixing-palette\"\u003eResin Stone Nail Display \u0026amp; Mixing Palette\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/5pcs-professional-nail-art-liner-brushes\"\u003eLiner Brush Set, 5 Sizes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow big are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach bar is 8 cm long and 1 cm wide, with five grooves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are they made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcrylic, in solid and see-through colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many brushes can one rest hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive grooves, so up to five brush handles or pens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I pick colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSets are curated: two trios and a set of six, so the colors in each look good together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo brushes come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These are rests only.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Mono Trio: clear, white, black (3 rests)","offer_id":67616006668343,"sku":"NC-STORAGE-REST-MONO3","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Candy Trio: pink, rose red, purple (3 rests)","offer_id":67616006701111,"sku":"NC-STORAGE-REST-CANDY3","price":13.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Studio Six: all six colors (6 rests)","offer_id":67616006733879,"sku":"NC-STORAGE-REST-SIX","price":21.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/acrylic-brush-rest-bars-trio-o__01-six-rests.jpg?v=1791890542"},{"product_id":"nude-natural-soft-gel-nail-tips-5-tone-box","title":"Nude Natural Soft Gel Nail Tips, 5 Tones per Box, 140 or 150","description":"\u003cp\u003eNude is a classic, and it is hard to match to a single shade. These soft gel tips come in one box with five natural nude tones, so you can match each finger, each client or each mood without buying five boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tips are already tinted, which lets you apply, shape and finish with top coat for a clean, natural look, or add art on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNude Natural boxes: five nude tones in one box, 28 tips of each tone (140 tips) in almond, oval, coffin or square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNude Natural XS boxes: five tones, 30 tips of each tone (150 tips) in extra short oval, almond, coffin or square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSweet Dream XS boxes: five rosy-pink and peach tones, 30 tips of each tone (150 tips) in extra short almond, coffin or square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you may like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive tones in one box to match natural nail tones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA reinforced front edge for strength and a slim rear edge that hugs the nail near the cuticle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft gel tips that bend a little without leaving marks, according to the product photos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple sizes in every box, so you can fit each finger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to apply them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep the nail, then choose the size that covers the nail wall to wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply nail glue and press the tip on from the cuticle toward the free edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a layer of builder gel for strength and cure it under your lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape the edge, then finish with top coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: tinted tips give a finished look with fewer steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: pick almond or coffin for an elegant, grown-out look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: keep several boxes to match a wide range of natural tones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlue, builder gel, top coat and a lamp are not included. Tone names are not printed on each tip, so try a few against the nail before you apply. Screens show colors a little differently from real life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-extension-clips\"\u003eNail Extension Clips, 1 to 10 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many colors are in one box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive natural tones in every Nude Natural box, with the same number of tips in each tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between standard and XS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXS tips are an extra short length, sold with 30 tips of each tone for 150 in total. The standard shapes hold 28 of each tone for 140.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Sweet Dream?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA second palette of five rosy pink and peach tones, available in extra short almond, coffin and square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a base coat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the steps for your gel system. Tips are usually secured with glue and builder gel, then finished with top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill they work for any nail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach box has many sizes, so most fingers can be matched. Try the tip against the nail before applying.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Almond (140 tips)","offer_id":67616006996023,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-ALM","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XS Oval (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007028791,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-XSOV","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XS Almond (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007061559,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-XSAL","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XS Coffin (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007094327,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-XSCO","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"XS Square (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007127095,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-XSSQ","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oval (140 tips)","offer_id":67616007159863,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-OV","price":16.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coffin (140 tips)","offer_id":67616007192631,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-CO","price":16.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Square (140 tips)","offer_id":67616007225399,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-NUDE-SQ","price":16.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sweet Dream XS Almond (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007258167,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-SWEET-XSAL","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sweet Dream XS Coffin (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007290935,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-SWEET-XSCO","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sweet Dream XS Square (150 tips)","offer_id":67616007323703,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-SWEET-XSSQ","price":16.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/nude-natural-soft-gel-nail-tip__01-box-and-five-tones.jpg?v=1791890590"},{"product_id":"dual-nail-forms-75-piece-5-shape-box","title":"Dual Nail Forms, 75-Piece Box in 5 Shapes, 15 Sizes","description":"\u003cp\u003eDual forms let you sculpt an extension in one pass: you fill the clear form with gel or acrylic, press it onto the prepared nail, cure and lift it away. The form sets the shape and the length, so the result is even from one nail to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis box holds 75 clear forms in five shapes and fifteen sizes, so you can match the nail wall of almost any finger and choose a shape for the look you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGel, acrylic, base coat, a lamp and tools are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e75 clear dual forms in a divided plastic box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive shapes: square ultra, almond ultra, stiletto, classic curved and short square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFifteen sizes, numbered 0 to 14, from 52 mm long and 15 mm wide down to 40.5 mm long and 6.5 mm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength markings printed inside every form, so you can set the length you want.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy you may like them\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe form builds the shape for you, which saves filing time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA thin cuticle area with a thicker back keeps the form stable while you work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade of flexible ABS plastic and intended for repeated use, as long as you clean the form after each nail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wide size range, from broad to narrow nail beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use dual forms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep the nail: clean, buff and push back the cuticles, then apply a thin base coat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a form that fits the nail width and fill it with a thin layer of gel or acrylic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the form onto the nail, with the gel covering the nail fully and no air bubbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCure under your lamp for gel, or let acrylic set, then remove the form.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim, file and shape, then apply top coat and cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number printed on the forms may appear in one of two styles, for example 0 or 0m, because both versions ship. The forms are the same size either way. Each form is clear so you can see the gel while you press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/mini-uv-led-nail-lamp-usb\"\u003eMini UV\/LED Nail Lamp, USB Powered\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/nail-extension-clips\"\u003eNail Extension Clips, 1 to 10 Pack\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are dual forms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are clear forms that you fill with gel or acrylic and press onto the nail, so the form shapes the extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use gel and acrylic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The forms are intended for both gel and acrylic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I reuse them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are described as reusable. Wipe the form clean after each nail and keep them in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I get all five shapes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. One box contains five shapes in fifteen sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a lamp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor gel, yes: you cure the gel under your lamp. Acrylic sets without a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"2 Boxes (150 forms)","offer_id":67616007389239,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-DUAL-2","price":20.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Boxes (225 forms)","offer_id":67616007422007,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-DUAL-3","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Box (75 forms)","offer_id":67616007454775,"sku":"NC-GELTIPS-DUAL-1","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/dual-nail-forms-75-piece-5-sha__01-box-and-sizes.jpg?v=1791890609"},{"product_id":"milky-nude-gel-polish-trios-and-set-of-6","title":"Milky Nude Gel Polish: Cream \u0026 Peach Trios or Nude Six, 10 ml","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilky nude gel polish is the quiet end of the color range: soft whites, creams, blushes and peaches that look clean and even on every skin tone. These shades come from a 10 ml range and are sorted into two curated trios and a set of six, so you can build a full set of everyday nails, French variations or a neutral base for nail art without matching bottles yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bottle holds 10 ml of soak-off gel that cures under a UV or LED lamp. The photos show every shade on a nail swatch, so you can compare how warm or cool each one reads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho it is for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeginners: soft neutrals look polished even if the shape is not perfect, which makes them a good first set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists: milk white and cream give you a base for soft French tips, ombre and minimalist line work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNail artists: a six-shade nude range covers more clients from one box, with warm and cool options side by side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in each set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMilk \u0026amp; Cream Trio: three 10 ml bottles in milk white, cream and a very pale blush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeach Nude Trio: three 10 ml bottles in pale peach, peach beige and salmon pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNude Six: six 10 ml bottles in milk white, cream, blush, pale peach, peach beige and light pink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA base coat, top coat and curing lamp are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use it\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrep the nail and cure a thin layer of base gel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShake the bottle, then brush on a thin coat and cure it for about 60 seconds under a UV lamp or 30 seconds under an LED lamp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd a second thin coat and cure again. Pale shades build best in several thin layers rather than one thick one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal with a no-wipe top coat and cure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGood to know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePale shades show the nail underneath, so the first coat can look streaky until the second coat is on. Cap the free edge to keep the color from lifting. Colors can look different on screen than in the bottle, so hold your nail beside the swatch photo before choosing between neighboring tones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/line-gel-nail-polish\"\u003eLine Gel Nail Polish Sets for Linework\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/soft-gel-nail-tips-240-pieces-full-cover\"\u003eSoft Gel Nail Tips, 240 Pieces, Full Cover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does milky mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA milky shade is a soft, creamy color with a slightly diffused look, the opposite of a sharp, bright color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich trio suits warm skin tones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Peach Nude Trio leans warm. The Milk \u0026amp; Cream Trio leans cool to neutral.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I do a French manicure with these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Use a milky nude as the base and a milk white for the tip. A fine liner brush helps with the smile line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a base and top coat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Apply a base gel first and finish with a top coat, as with any gel color. They are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I remove it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a soak-off gel. Wrap each nail in a cotton pad soaked in acetone for 5 to 10 minutes, then lift it off gently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nails And Cosmetics","offers":[{"title":"Milk \u0026 Cream Trio (3 bottles: milk white, cream, blush)","offer_id":67616010600503,"sku":"NC-MILKY-MILK","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Peach Nude Trio (3 bottles: pale peach, peach beige, salmon pink)","offer_id":67616010633271,"sku":"NC-MILKY-PEACH","price":27.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Nude Six (6 bottles: milk white, cream, blush, pale peach, peach beige, light pink)","offer_id":67616010666039,"sku":"NC-MILKY-SIX","price":55.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1075\/7292\/files\/w2-milky-nude-gel-polish-trios-and-set-of-6-01_01-milk-and-cream-trio.jpg?v=1791891782"}],"url":"https:\/\/nailsandcosmetics.com\/collections\/nail-tech-pro.oembed?page=5","provider":"Nails","version":"1.0","type":"link"}